1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681         }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
862   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
863        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
864       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
865     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
866     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
867     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
868     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
869       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
870     return ParsedType::make(T);
871   }
872 
873   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
874     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
875 
876   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
877   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
878 }
879 
880 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
881 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
882 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
883 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
884 
885   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
886   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
887   // the context we'll need to return to.
888   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
889     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
890 
891     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
892     // lexical context.
893     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
894       return DC;
895 
896     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
897     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
898     // class is the context we need to return to.
899     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
900       DC = RD;
901 
902     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
903     // declared in.
904     return DC;
905   }
906 
907   return DC->getLexicalParent();
908 }
909 
910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
911   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
912       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
913   CurContext = DC;
914   S->setEntity(DC);
915 }
916 
917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
918   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
919 
920   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
921   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
922 }
923 
924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
926 ///
927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
928   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
929   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
930   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
931   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
932   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
933   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
934   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
935   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
936   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
937   //   namespace.
938   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
939   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
940   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
941   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
942   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
943 
944   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
945 
946 #ifndef NDEBUG
947   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
948   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
949   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
950 #endif
951 
952   CurContext = DC;
953   S->setEntity(DC);
954 }
955 
956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
957   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
958 
959   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
960   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
961   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
962   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
963   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
964 
965   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
966   // disappear.
967 }
968 
969 
970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
971   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
972   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
973     // We assume that the caller has already called
974     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
975     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
976   }
977   if (!FD)
978     return;
979 
980   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
981   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
982   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
983     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
984   CurContext = FD;
985   S->setEntity(CurContext);
986 
987   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
988     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
989     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
990     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
991       S->AddDecl(Param);
992       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
993     }
994   }
995 }
996 
997 
998 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
999   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1000   // rather than the top-level class.
1001   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1002   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1003   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1004 }
1005 
1006 
1007 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1008 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1009 ///
1010 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1011 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1012 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1013 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1014 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1015 /// attribute.
1016 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1017                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1018   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1019     return true;
1020 
1021   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1022     return true;
1023 
1024   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1025           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1026 }
1027 
1028 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1029 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1030   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1031   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1032   // scope.
1033   while (S->getEntity() &&
1034          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1035     S = S->getParent();
1036 
1037   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1038   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1039   // into any context.
1040   if (AddToContext)
1041     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1042 
1043   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1044   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1045   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1046       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1047       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1048         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1049     return;
1050 
1051   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1052   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1053       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1054     return;
1055 
1056   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1057   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1058                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1059   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1060     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1061       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1062       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1063 
1064       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1065       break;
1066     }
1067   }
1068 
1069   S->AddDecl(D);
1070 
1071   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1072     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1073     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1074     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1075     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1076       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1077       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1078         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1079           continue;
1080       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1081         break;
1082     }
1083 
1084     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1085   } else {
1086     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1087   }
1088 }
1089 
1090 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1091   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1092     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1093 }
1094 
1095 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1096                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1097   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1098                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1099 }
1100 
1101 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1102   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1103   do {
1104     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1105       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1106         return S;
1107   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1108 
1109   return 0;
1110 }
1111 
1112 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1113                                             DeclContext*,
1114                                             ASTContext&);
1115 
1116 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1117 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1118 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1119                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1120                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1121                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1122   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1123   while (F.hasNext()) {
1124     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1125 
1126     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1127       continue;
1128 
1129     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1130         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1131       continue;
1132 
1133     F.erase();
1134   }
1135 
1136   F.done();
1137 }
1138 
1139 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1140   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1141          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1142          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1146 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1147   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1148   while (F.hasNext())
1149     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1150       F.erase();
1151 
1152   F.done();
1153 }
1154 
1155 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1156 /// @code
1157 /// class S {
1158 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1159 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1160 /// };
1161 /// @endcode
1162 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1163   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1164   // the decl here.
1165   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1166     return false;
1167 
1168   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1169     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1170   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1171     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1172   return false;
1173 }
1174 
1175 // We need this to handle
1176 //
1177 // typedef struct {
1178 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1179 // } A;
1180 //
1181 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1182 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1183 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1184 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1185 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1186 // not.
1187 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1188   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1189   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1190     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1191       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1192         return true;
1193     }
1194     DC = DC->getParent();
1195   }
1196 
1197   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1201   assert(D);
1202 
1203   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Ignore class templates.
1207   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1208       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1209     return false;
1210 
1211   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1212     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1213       return false;
1214 
1215     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1216       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1217         return false;
1218     } else {
1219       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1220       // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration,
1221       // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized
1222       // static template functions.
1223       if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1224           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1225         return false;
1226     }
1227 
1228     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1229         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1230       return false;
1231   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1232     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1233     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1234     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1235     // intended to be used.
1236     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1237     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1238         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1239         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1240         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1241       return false;
1242 
1243     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1244         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1245       return false;
1246 
1247   } else {
1248     return false;
1249   }
1250 
1251   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1252   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1253 }
1254 
1255 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1256   if (!D)
1257     return;
1258 
1259   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1260     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1261     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1262       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1263   }
1264 
1265   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1266     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1267     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1268       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1269   }
1270 
1271   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1272     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1273 }
1274 
1275 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1276   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1277     return false;
1278 
1279   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1283     return true;
1284 
1285   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1286   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1287       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1288     return false;
1289 
1290   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1291   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1292 
1293     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1294     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1295 
1296     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1297     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1298       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1299         return false;
1300     }
1301 
1302     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1303     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1304     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1305       return false;
1306 
1307     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1308       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1309       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1310         return false;
1311 
1312       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1313         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1314           return false;
1315 
1316         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1317           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1318             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1319           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1320             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1321           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1322             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1323             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1324               return false;
1325           }
1326         }
1327       }
1328     }
1329 
1330     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1331   }
1332 
1333   return true;
1334 }
1335 
1336 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1337                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1338   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1339     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1340                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1341     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1342       return;
1343     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1344                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1345   }
1346   return;
1347 }
1348 
1349 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1350 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1351 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1352   FixItHint Hint;
1353   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1354     return;
1355 
1356   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1357 
1358   unsigned DiagID;
1359   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1361   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1362     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1363   else
1364     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1365 
1366   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1367 }
1368 
1369 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1370   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1371   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1372   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1373   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1374     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1378   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1379   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1380          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1381 
1382   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1383        I != E; ++I) {
1384     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1385     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1386 
1387     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1388     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1389 
1390     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1391 
1392     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1393     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1394       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1395 
1396     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1397     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1398       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1399 
1400     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1401     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1402   }
1403 }
1404 
1405 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1406   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1407 }
1408 
1409 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1410   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1411   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1415 ///
1416 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1417 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1418 /// to the fixed name.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1421 ///
1422 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1423 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1424 ///
1425 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1426 /// class could not be found.
1427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1428                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1429                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1430   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1431   // creation from this context.
1432   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1433 
1434   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1435     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1436     // find an Objective-C class name.
1437     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1438     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1439                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1440                                        Validator)) {
1441       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1442       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1443         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1444         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1445       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1446         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1447 
1448       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1449     }
1450   }
1451   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1452   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1453   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1454       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1455   return Def;
1456 }
1457 
1458 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1459 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1460 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1461 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1462 /// ill-formed in C++:
1463 /// @code
1464 /// struct S6 {
1465 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1466 /// };
1467 ///
1468 /// void test_S6() {
1469 ///   struct S6 a;
1470 ///   a.e = BAR;
1471 /// }
1472 /// @endcode
1473 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1474 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1475 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1476 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1477 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1478 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1479 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1480 /// contain non-field names.
1481 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1482   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1483          (S->getEntity() &&
1484           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1485          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1486     S = S->getParent();
1487   return S;
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1491 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1492 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1493 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1494 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1495                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1496   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1497     return;
1498   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1499 
1500   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1501                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1502   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1503   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1504     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1505       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1506 }
1507 
1508 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1509 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1510 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1511 /// built-in.
1512 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1513                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1514                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1515   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1516 
1517   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1518 
1519   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1520   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1521   switch (Error) {
1522   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1523     // Okay
1524     break;
1525 
1526   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1527     if (ForRedeclaration)
1528       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1529         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1530     return 0;
1531 
1532   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1533     if (ForRedeclaration)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1536     return 0;
1537 
1538   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1539     if (ForRedeclaration)
1540       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1541         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1542     return 0;
1543   }
1544 
1545   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1546     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1547       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1548       << R;
1549     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1550         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1551           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1552       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1553         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1554         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1555   }
1556 
1557   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1558                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1559                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1560                                            SC_Extern,
1561                                            false,
1562                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1563   New->setImplicit();
1564 
1565   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1566   // FunctionDecl.
1567   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1568     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1569     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1570       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1571         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1572                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1573                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1574                             SC_None, 0);
1575       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1576       Params.push_back(parm);
1577     }
1578     New->setParams(Params);
1579   }
1580 
1581   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1582 
1583   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1584   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1585   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1586   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1587   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1588   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1589   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1590   CurContext = SavedContext;
1591   return New;
1592 }
1593 
1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1597 /// entity.
1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1599                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1600                                               LookupResult &previous){
1601   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1602   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1603     return;
1604 
1605   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1606   if (previous.empty())
1607     return;
1608 
1609   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1610   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1611     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1612 
1613     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1614     if (!old->isHidden())
1615       continue;
1616 
1617     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1618       filter.erase();
1619   }
1620 
1621   filter.done();
1622 }
1623 
1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1625   QualType OldType;
1626   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1627     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1628   else
1629     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1630   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1631 
1632   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1633     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1634     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1636       << Kind << NewType;
1637     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1638       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639     New->setInvalidDecl();
1640     return true;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (OldType != NewType &&
1644       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1645       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1646       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1647     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1649       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1650     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652     New->setInvalidDecl();
1653     return true;
1654   }
1655   return false;
1656 }
1657 
1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1662 ///
1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1664   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1665   // merging checks.
1666   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1667 
1668   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1669   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1670   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1671     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1672     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1673     default: break;
1674     case 2:
1675       {
1676         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1677           break;
1678         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1679         if (!T->isPointerType())
1680           break;
1681         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1682           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1683           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1684             break;
1685         }
1686         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1687         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1688         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1689         return;
1690       }
1691     case 5:
1692       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1693         break;
1694       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1695       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1696       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1697       return;
1698     case 3:
1699       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1700         break;
1701       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1702       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1703       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1704       return;
1705     }
1706     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1707   }
1708 
1709   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1710   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1711   if (!Old) {
1712     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1713       << New->getDeclName();
1714 
1715     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1716     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1717       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1718 
1719     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1720   }
1721 
1722   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1723   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1724     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1725 
1726   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1727   // with any extensions enabled.
1728   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1729     return;
1730 
1731   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1732   // declaration was a typedef.
1733   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1734     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1735 
1736   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1737     return;
1738 
1739   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1740     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1741     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1742     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1743     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1744     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1745       return;
1746 
1747     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1748     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1749     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1750     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1751     //
1752     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1753     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1754     //
1755     //   struct S {
1756     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1757     //   };
1758     //
1759     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1760     // allow the above but disallow
1761     //
1762     //   struct S {
1763     //     typedef int I;
1764     //     typedef int I;
1765     //   };
1766     //
1767     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1768     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1769       return;
1770 
1771     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1772       << New->getDeclName();
1773     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1774     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1775   }
1776 
1777   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1778   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1779     return;
1780 
1781   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1782   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1783   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1784   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1785   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1786       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1787        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1788     return;
1789 
1790   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1791     << New->getDeclName();
1792   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1793   return;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1797 /// attribute.
1798 static bool
1799 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1800   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1801   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1802   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1803   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1804   if (AA)
1805     return false;
1806 
1807   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1808   switch (A->getKind()) {
1809     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1810     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1811     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1812     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1813     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1814     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1815     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1816     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1817     case attr::GuardedBy:
1818     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1819     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1820     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1821       return false;
1822     default:
1823       ;
1824   }
1825 
1826   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1827   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1828   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1829     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1830       if (Ann) {
1831         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1832           return true;
1833         continue;
1834       }
1835       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1836       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1837         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1838       return true;
1839     }
1840 
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1845   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1846     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1847   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1848     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1849   return true;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1853 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1854 ///
1855 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1856 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1857   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1858   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1859   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1860   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1861   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1862   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1863          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1864          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1865     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1866     // in a case like:
1867     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1868     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1869     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1870     // definition in such a case.
1871     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1872       return false;
1873 
1874     if (I->isAlignas())
1875       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1876 
1877     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1878     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1879       OldAlign = Align;
1880       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1881     }
1882   }
1883 
1884   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1885   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1886   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1887   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1888          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1889          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1890     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1891       return false;
1892 
1893     if (I->isAlignas())
1894       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1895 
1896     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1897     if (Align > NewAlign)
1898       NewAlign = Align;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1902     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1903     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1904     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1905     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1906 
1907     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1908     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1909     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1910       QualType Ty;
1911       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1912         Ty = VD->getType();
1913       else
1914         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1915 
1916       if (OldAlign == 0)
1917         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1918       if (NewAlign == 0)
1919         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1920     }
1921 
1922     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1923       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1924         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1925         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1926       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1927     }
1928   }
1929 
1930   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1931     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1932     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1933     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1934     //   equivalent alignment.
1935     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1936     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1937     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1938     //   have no alignment specifier.
1939     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1940       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1941     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1942       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1943   }
1944 
1945   bool AnyAdded = false;
1946 
1947   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1948   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1949     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1950     Clone->setInherited(true);
1951     New->addAttr(Clone);
1952     AnyAdded = true;
1953   }
1954 
1955   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1956   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1957       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1958     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1959     Clone->setInherited(true);
1960     New->addAttr(Clone);
1961     AnyAdded = true;
1962   }
1963 
1964   return AnyAdded;
1965 }
1966 
1967 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1968                                bool Override) {
1969   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1970   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1971   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1972     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1973                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1974                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1975                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1976                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1979                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1981     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1982                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1983   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1984     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1985                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1986   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1987     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1988                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1989   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1990     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1991                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1992                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1994     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1995                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1996   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1997     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1998     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1999     NewAttr = 0;
2000   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2001     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2002 
2003   if (NewAttr) {
2004     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2005     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2006     return true;
2007   }
2008 
2009   return false;
2010 }
2011 
2012 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2013   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2014     return TD->getDefinition();
2015   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2016     return VD->getDefinition();
2017   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2018     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2019     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
2020       return Def;
2021   }
2022   return NULL;
2023 }
2024 
2025 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2026   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2027        I != E; ++I) {
2028     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2029     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2030       return true;
2031   }
2032   return false;
2033 }
2034 
2035 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2036 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2037 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2038   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2039     return;
2040 
2041   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2042   if (!Def || Def == New)
2043     return;
2044 
2045   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2046   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2047     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2048     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2049       ++I;
2050       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2051     }
2052 
2053     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2054       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2055       ++I;
2056       continue;
2057     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2058       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2059         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2060         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2061         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2062         //   equivalent alignment.
2063         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2064         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2065         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2066         //   have no alignment specifier.
2067         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2068           << AA->isC11();
2069         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2070           << AA->isC11();
2071         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2072         --E;
2073         continue;
2074       }
2075     }
2076 
2077     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2078            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2079     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2080     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2081     --E;
2082   }
2083 }
2084 
2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2087                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2088   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2089     return;
2090 
2091   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2092   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2093 
2094   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2095     return;
2096 
2097   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2098 
2099   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2100   // we process them.
2101   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2102 
2103   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2104          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2105          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2106        i != e; ++i) {
2107     bool Override = false;
2108     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2109     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2110         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2111         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2112       switch (AMK) {
2113       case AMK_None:
2114         continue;
2115 
2116       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2117         break;
2118 
2119       case AMK_Override:
2120         Override = true;
2121         break;
2122       }
2123     }
2124 
2125     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2126       foundAny = true;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2130     foundAny = true;
2131 
2132   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2133 }
2134 
2135 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2136 /// to the new one.
2137 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2138                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2139                                      Sema &S) {
2140   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2141   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2142   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2143   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2144   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2145       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2146     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2147            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2148     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2149     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2150     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2151       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration();
2152     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2153       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2154     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2155            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2156   }
2157 
2158   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2159     return;
2160 
2161   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2162 
2163   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2164   // done before we process them.
2165   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2166 
2167   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2168        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2169        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2170     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2171       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2172         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2173       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2174       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2175       foundAny = true;
2176     }
2177   }
2178 
2179   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2180 }
2181 
2182 namespace {
2183 
2184 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2185 /// C.
2186 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2187   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2188   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2189   QualType PromotedType;
2190 };
2191 
2192 }
2193 
2194 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2195 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2196   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2197     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2198       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2199 
2200     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2201       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2202 
2203     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2204       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2205   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2206     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2207   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2208     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2209   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2210     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2211   }
2212 
2213   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2214 }
2215 
2216 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2217 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2218 /// GNU89 mode.
2219 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2220                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2221   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2222           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2223           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2224           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2225 }
2226 
2227 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
2228 /// declaration?
2229 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
2230   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
2231   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
2232     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
2233   } else {
2234     // Free C function or a static method.
2235     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
2236   }
2237   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
2238 }
2239 
2240 template <typename T>
2241 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2242   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2243   if (DC->isRecord())
2244     return false;
2245 
2246   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2247   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2248     return true;
2249   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2250     return true;
2251   return false;
2252 }
2253 
2254 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2255 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2256 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2257 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2258 ///
2259 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2260 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2261 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2262 /// merged with.
2263 ///
2264 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2265 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2266   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2267   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2268   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2269         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2270     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2271   else
2272     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2273   if (!Old) {
2274     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2275       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2276         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2277         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2278              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2279         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2280              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2281         return true;
2282       }
2283 
2284       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2288            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2289       return true;
2290     }
2291 
2292     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293       << New->getDeclName();
2294     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295     return true;
2296   }
2297 
2298   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2299   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2300   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2301   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2302     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2303   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2304     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2305   else
2306     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2307 
2308   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2309   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2310 
2311   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2312   // is an extern inline function.
2313   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2314   // storage classes.
2315   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2316       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2317       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2318       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2319       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2320     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2321       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2322       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2323     } else {
2324       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2325       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2326       return true;
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2331   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2332   // calling convention of the first.
2333   //
2334   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2335   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2336   //
2337   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2338   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2339   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2340   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2341   // because it is the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2344   // other tests to run.
2345   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2346   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2347   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2348   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2349   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2350   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2351     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2352 
2353   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2354   // there but not here.
2355   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2356     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2357     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2358 
2359   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2360   // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct
2361   // information about storage class of CXXMethod.
2362   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2363              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) {
2364     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2365     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2366 
2367   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2368                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2369     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2370     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2371       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2372       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2373       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2374           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2375     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2376     return true;
2377   }
2378 
2379   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2380   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2381     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2382     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Merge regparm attribute.
2386   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2387       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2388     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2389       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2390         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2391         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2392       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2393       return true;
2394     }
2395 
2396     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2397     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2398   }
2399 
2400   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2401   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2402     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2404       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2405       return true;
2406     }
2407 
2408     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2409     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2410   }
2411 
2412   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2413     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2414     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2415     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2416   }
2417 
2418   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2419   // UndefinedButUsed.
2420   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2421       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2422       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2423       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2424       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2425     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2426                                            SourceLocation()));
2427 
2428   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2429   // about it.
2430   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2431       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2432     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2433   }
2434 
2435   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2436     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2437     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2438     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2439     //        cannot be overloaded.
2440 
2441     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2442     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??:
2443     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2444     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2445     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2446     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2447       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2448       : OldType)->getResultType();
2449     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2450       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2451       : NewType)->getResultType();
2452     QualType ResQT;
2453     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) {
2454       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2455           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2456         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2457       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2458         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2459           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2460                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2461         else
2462           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2463         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2464         return true;
2465       }
2466       else
2467         NewQType = ResQT;
2468     }
2469 
2470     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2471     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2472     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2473       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2474       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2475       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2476       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2477         New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2478         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2479             SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2480       }
2481     }
2482 
2483     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2484     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2485     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2486       // Preserve triviality.
2487       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2488 
2489       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2490       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2491       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2492       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2493                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2494                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2495       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2496 
2497       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2498           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2499         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2500         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2501         //       is a static member function declaration.
2502         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2503           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2504           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2505           return true;
2506         }
2507 
2508         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2509         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2510         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2511         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2512         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2513           unsigned NewDiag;
2514           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2515             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2516           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2517             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2518           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2519             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2520           else
2521             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2522 
2523           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2524         } else {
2525           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2526             << New << New->getType();
2527         }
2528         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2529 
2530       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2531       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2532       //
2533       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2534       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2535       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2536         if (isFriend) {
2537           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2538         } else {
2539           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2540                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2541             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2542           return true;
2543         }
2544       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2545         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2546              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2547           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2548         return true;
2549       }
2550     }
2551 
2552     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2553     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2554     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2555     //   attribute.
2556     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2557         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2558       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2559            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2560       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2561            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2562     }
2563 
2564     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2565     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2566     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2567     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2568     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2569         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2570       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2571            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2572       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2573            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2574     }
2575 
2576     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2577     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2578     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2579     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2580 
2581     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2582     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2583     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2584       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2585       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2586         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2587       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2588       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2589     }
2590 
2591     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2592       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2593       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2594       return true;
2595     }
2596 
2597     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2598       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2599 
2600     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2601   }
2602 
2603   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2604   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2605   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2606       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2607     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2608     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2609     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2610     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2611         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2612       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2613       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2614       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2615       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2616                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2617       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2618                                          ParamTypes,
2619                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2620       New->setType(NewQType);
2621       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2622 
2623       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2624       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2625       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2626              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2627              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2628            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2629         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2630                                                  SourceLocation(),
2631                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2632                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2633                                                  SC_None,
2634                                                  0);
2635         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2636         Param->setImplicit();
2637         Params.push_back(Param);
2638       }
2639 
2640       New->setParams(Params);
2641     }
2642 
2643     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2644   }
2645 
2646   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2647   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2648   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2649   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2650   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2651   // the prototype.
2652   //
2653   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2654   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2655   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2656   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2657   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2658       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2659       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2660       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2661     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2662     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2663     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2664       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2665     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2666       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2667 
2668     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2669     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2670                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2671     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2672     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2673          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2674       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2675       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2676       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2677                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2678         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2679       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2680                                             NewParm->getType(),
2681                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2682         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2683           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2684         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2685         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2686       } else
2687         LooseCompatible = false;
2688     }
2689 
2690     if (LooseCompatible) {
2691       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2692         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2693              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2694           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2695           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2696         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2697           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2698                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2699       }
2700 
2701       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2702                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2703       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2704     }
2705 
2706     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2707   }
2708 
2709   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2710   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2711 
2712   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2713   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2714   unsigned BuiltinID;
2715   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2716     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2717     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2718     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2719       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2720       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2721         << Old << Old->getType();
2722 
2723       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2724       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2725       //
2726       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2727       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2728       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2729       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2730       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2731       if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2732         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2733 
2734       return false;
2735     }
2736 
2737     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2738   }
2739 
2740   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2741   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2742   return true;
2743 }
2744 
2745 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2746 /// known to be compatible.
2747 ///
2748 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2749 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2750 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2751 /// redeclaration of Old.
2752 ///
2753 /// \returns false
2754 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2755                                         Scope *S) {
2756   // Merge the attributes
2757   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2758 
2759   // Merge "pure" flag.
2760   if (Old->isPure())
2761     New->setPure();
2762 
2763   // Merge "used" flag.
2764   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2765     New->setUsed();
2766 
2767   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2768   // declarations.
2769   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2770     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2771       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2772                                *this);
2773 
2774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2775     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2776 
2777   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2778   // and argument types.
2779   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2780   if (!Merged.isNull())
2781     New->setType(Merged);
2782 
2783   return false;
2784 }
2785 
2786 
2787 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2788                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2789 
2790   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2791   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2792     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2793                                                    : AMK_Override;
2794   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2797   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2798                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2799   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2800          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2801        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2802     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2803 
2804   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2805 }
2806 
2807 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2808 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2809 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2810 ///
2811 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2812 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2813 /// is attached.
2814 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) {
2815   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2816     return;
2817 
2818   QualType MergedT;
2819   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2820     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2821       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2822       return;
2823     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2824       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2825       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2826     }
2827     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2828     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2829     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2830     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2831     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2832     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2833              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2834       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2835       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2836       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2837                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2838         MergedT = New->getType();
2839     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2840              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2841       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2842       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2843       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2844                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2845         MergedT = Old->getType();
2846     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2847                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2848         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2849                                                         Old->getType());
2850     }
2851   } else {
2852     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2853   }
2854   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2855     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2856       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2857     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2858     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2859   }
2860 
2861   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2862   // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope.
2863   if (!OldWasHidden)
2864     New->setType(MergedT);
2865 }
2866 
2867 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2868 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2869 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2870 ///
2871 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2872 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2873 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2874 ///
2875 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous,
2876                         bool PreviousWasHidden) {
2877   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2878   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2879     return;
2880 
2881   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2882   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2883   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2884       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2885     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2886       << New->getDeclName();
2887     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2888          diag::note_previous_definition);
2889     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2890   }
2891 
2892   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2893     return;
2894 
2895   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2896   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2897   //
2898   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2899   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2900     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2901       << New->getIdentifier();
2902     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2903     New->setInvalidDecl();
2904   }
2905 
2906   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2907   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2908   // declaration
2909   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2910       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2911       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2912     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2913     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2914     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2915     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2916   }
2917 
2918   // Merge the types.
2919   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden);
2920   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2921     return;
2922 
2923   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
2924   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2925       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2926       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
2927     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2928     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2929     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2930   }
2931   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2932   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2933   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2934   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2935   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2936   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2937   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2938   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2939   //   identifier has external linkage.
2940   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2941     /* Okay */;
2942   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2943            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2944            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2945     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2946     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2947     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2948   }
2949 
2950   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2951   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2952       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2953     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2954     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2955     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2956   }
2957   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
2958       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
2959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2960     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2961     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2962   }
2963 
2964   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2965 
2966   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2967   // need to check for mismatches.
2968   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2969       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2970       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2971         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2972     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2973     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2974     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2975   }
2976 
2977   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
2978     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
2979       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2980       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2981     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
2982       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2983       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2984     } else {
2985       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
2986       // static and dynamic initialization.
2987       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
2988       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
2989       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
2990         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
2991       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2992     }
2993   }
2994 
2995   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2996   const VarDecl *Def;
2997   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2998       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2999       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3000     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
3001       << New->getDeclName();
3002     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3003     New->setInvalidDecl();
3004     return;
3005   }
3006 
3007   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3008     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3009     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3010     New->setInvalidDecl();
3011     return;
3012   }
3013 
3014   // Merge "used" flag.
3015   if (Old->isUsed(false))
3016     New->setUsed();
3017 
3018   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3019   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
3020 
3021   // Inherit access appropriately.
3022   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3023 }
3024 
3025 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3026 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3027 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3028                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3029   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3030 }
3031 
3032 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3033 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3034 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3035 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3036                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3037                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3038                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3039   Decl *TagD = 0;
3040   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3041   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3042       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3043       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3044       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3045       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3046     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3047 
3048     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3049       return 0;
3050 
3051     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3052     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3053     // it's a Type.
3054     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3055       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3056     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3057       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3058   }
3059 
3060   if (Tag) {
3061     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
3062     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3063     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3064       return Tag;
3065   }
3066 
3067   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3068     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3069     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3070     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3071       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3072            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3073            << DS.getSourceRange();
3074   }
3075 
3076   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3077     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3078     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3079     if (Tag)
3080       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3081         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3082             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3083             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3084             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3085     else
3086       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3087     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3088     return TagD;
3089   }
3090 
3091   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3092 
3093   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3094     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3095     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3096     if (TagD && !Tag)
3097       return 0;
3098     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3099   }
3100 
3101   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3102   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3103     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3104   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3105       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3106     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3107     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3108     // or an explicit specialization.
3109     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3110     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3111       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3112           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3113           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3114           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3115       << SS.getRange();
3116     return 0;
3117   }
3118 
3119   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3120   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3121 
3122   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3123   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3124     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3125         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3126       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3127           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3128         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3129 
3130       DeclaresAnything = false;
3131     }
3132   }
3133 
3134   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3135   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3136       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3137       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3138     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3139     //   struct STRUCT;
3140     // and
3141     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3142     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3143     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3144         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3145          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3146       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3147         << DS.getSourceRange();
3148       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3149     }
3150   }
3151 
3152   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3153   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3154       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3155     return TagD;
3156 
3157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3158       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3159     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3160       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3161           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3162         DeclaresAnything = false;
3163 
3164   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3165     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3166     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3167       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3168         << DS.getSourceRange();
3169     else
3170       DeclaresAnything = false;
3171   }
3172 
3173   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3174       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3175     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3176       << Tag->getTagKind()
3177       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3178 
3179   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3180 
3181   // C 6.7/2:
3182   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3183   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3184   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3185   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3186   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3187   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3188   //   previous declaration.
3189   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3190     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3191     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3192     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3193     return TagD;
3194   }
3195 
3196   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3197   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3198   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3199   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3200   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3201   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3202   //
3203   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3204   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3205   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3206     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3207 
3208   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3209   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3210   // useless.
3211   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3212     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3213       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3214         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3215 
3216   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3217     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3218       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3219   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3220     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3221       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3222     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3223       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3224     // Restrict is covered above.
3225     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3226       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3227   }
3228 
3229   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3230   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3231   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3232   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3233     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3234     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3235         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3236         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3237         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3238         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3239       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3240       while (attrs) {
3241         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3242         << attrs->getName()
3243         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3244             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3245             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3246             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3247         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3248       }
3249     }
3250   }
3251 
3252   return TagD;
3253 }
3254 
3255 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3256 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3257 ///
3258 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3259 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3260                                          Scope *S,
3261                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3262                                          DeclarationName Name,
3263                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3264                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3265   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3266                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3267   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3268 
3269   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3270     return false;
3271 
3272   // Pick a representative declaration.
3273   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3274   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3275 
3276   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3277     return false;
3278 
3279   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3280   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3281 
3282   return true;
3283 }
3284 
3285 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3286 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3287 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3288 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3289 /// struct, e.g.,
3290 ///
3291 /// @code
3292 /// union {
3293 ///   int i;
3294 ///   float f;
3295 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3296 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3297 /// @endcode
3298 ///
3299 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3300 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3301 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3302                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
3303                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3304                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
3305                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
3306                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
3307   unsigned diagKind
3308     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3309                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3310 
3311   bool Invalid = false;
3312 
3313   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3314   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3315                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3316        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3317     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3318         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3319       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3320       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3321                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3322         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3323         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3324         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3325         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3326         Invalid = true;
3327       } else {
3328         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3329         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3330         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3331         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3332         //   anonymous union is declared.
3333         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3334         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3335           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3336                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3337             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3338         else
3339           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3340 
3341         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3342         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3343           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3344         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3345           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3346 
3347         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3348           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3349                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3350                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3351 
3352         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3353         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3354         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3355 
3356         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3357         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3358 
3359         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3360       }
3361     }
3362   }
3363 
3364   return Invalid;
3365 }
3366 
3367 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3368 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3369 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3370 static StorageClass
3371 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3372   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3373   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3374          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3375   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3376   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3377   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3378     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3379       return SC_None;
3380     return SC_Extern;
3381   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3382   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3383   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3384   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3385     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3386   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3387   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3388   }
3389   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3390 }
3391 
3392 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3393 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3394 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3395 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3396 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3397                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3398                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3399   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3400 
3401   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3402   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3403     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3404   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3405     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3406   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3407     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3408 
3409   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3410   // structs/unions.
3411   bool Invalid = false;
3412   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3413     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3414     unsigned DiagID;
3415     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3416       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3417       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3418       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3419       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3420           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3421            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3422             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3423         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3424           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3425 
3426         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3427         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3428                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3429       }
3430       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3431       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3432       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3433       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3434                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3435         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3436              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3437           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3438 
3439         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3440         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3441                                SourceLocation(),
3442                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3443       }
3444     }
3445 
3446     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3447     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3448       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3449         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3450           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3451           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3452       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3453         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3454              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3455           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3456           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3457       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3458         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3459              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3460           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3461           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3462       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3463         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3464              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3465           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3466           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3467 
3468       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3469     }
3470 
3471     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3472     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3473     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3474     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3475     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3476                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3477          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3478       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3479         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3480         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3481         //   members (clause 11).
3482         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3483         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3484           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3485             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3486           Invalid = true;
3487         }
3488 
3489         // C++ [class.union]p1
3490         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3491         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3492         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3493         //   array of such objects.
3494         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3495           Invalid = true;
3496       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3497         // Any implicit members are fine.
3498       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3499         // This is a type that showed up in an
3500         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3501         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3502         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3503       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3504         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3505             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3506           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3507           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3508             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3509               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3510           else {
3511             // This is a nested type declaration.
3512             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3513               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3514             Invalid = true;
3515           }
3516         } else {
3517           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3518           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3519           // not part of standard C++.
3520           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3521                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3522             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3523         }
3524       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3525         // Any access specifier is fine.
3526       } else {
3527         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3528         // member. Complain about it.
3529         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3530         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3531           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3532         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3533           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3534         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3535           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3536 
3537         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3538         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3539             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3540           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3541             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3542         else {
3543           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3544               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3545           Invalid = true;
3546         }
3547       }
3548     }
3549   }
3550 
3551   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3552     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3553       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3554     Invalid = true;
3555   }
3556 
3557   // Mock up a declarator.
3558   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3559   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3560   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3561 
3562   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3563   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3564   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3565     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3566                              DS.getLocStart(),
3567                              Record->getLocation(),
3568                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3569                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3570                              TInfo,
3571                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3572                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3573     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3574     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3575       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3576   } else {
3577     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3578     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3579     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3580       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3581       // an error here
3582       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3583       Invalid = true;
3584       SC = SC_None;
3585     }
3586 
3587     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3588                            DS.getLocStart(),
3589                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3590                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3591                            TInfo, SC);
3592 
3593     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3594     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3595     // initializer:
3596     //   union { int n = 0; };
3597     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3598   }
3599   Anon->setImplicit();
3600 
3601   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3602   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3603   // its members.
3604   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3605 
3606   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3607   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3608   // purposes.
3609   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3610   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3611 
3612   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3613                                           Chain, false))
3614     Invalid = true;
3615 
3616   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3617   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3618   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3619   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3620   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3621   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3622   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3623 
3624   if (Invalid)
3625     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3626 
3627   return Anon;
3628 }
3629 
3630 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3631 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3632 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3633 /// Example:
3634 ///
3635 /// struct A { int a; };
3636 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3637 ///
3638 /// void foo() {
3639 ///   B var;
3640 ///   var.a = 3;
3641 /// }
3642 ///
3643 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3644                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3645 
3646   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3647   if (!Record)
3648     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3649 
3650   // Mock up a declarator.
3651   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3652   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3653   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3654 
3655   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3656   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3657                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3658                              DS.getLocStart(),
3659                              DS.getLocStart(),
3660                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3661                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3662                              TInfo,
3663                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3664                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3665   Anon->setImplicit();
3666 
3667   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3668   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3669 
3670   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3671   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3672   // purposes.
3673   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3674   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3675 
3676   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3677   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3678                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3679                                                         Chain, true))
3680     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3681 
3682   return Anon;
3683 }
3684 
3685 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3686 /// given Declarator.
3687 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3688   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3689 }
3690 
3691 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3692 DeclarationNameInfo
3693 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3694   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3695   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3696 
3697   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3698 
3699   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3700   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3701     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3702     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3703     return NameInfo;
3704 
3705   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3706     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3707                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3708     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3709     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3710       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3711     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3712       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3713     return NameInfo;
3714 
3715   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3716     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3717                                                            Name.Identifier));
3718     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3719     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3720     return NameInfo;
3721 
3722   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3723     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3724     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3725     if (Ty.isNull())
3726       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3727     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3728                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3729     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3730     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3731     return NameInfo;
3732   }
3733 
3734   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3735     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3736     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3737     if (Ty.isNull())
3738       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3739     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3740                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3741     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3742     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3743     return NameInfo;
3744   }
3745 
3746   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3747     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3748     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3749     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3750     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3751     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3752       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3753 
3754     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3755     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3756 
3757     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3758     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3759     // was qualified.
3760 
3761     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3762                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3763     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3764     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3765     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3766     return NameInfo;
3767   }
3768 
3769   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3770     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3771     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3772     if (Ty.isNull())
3773       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3774     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3775                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3776     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3777     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3778     return NameInfo;
3779   }
3780 
3781   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3782     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3783     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3784     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3785   }
3786 
3787   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3788 
3789   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3790 }
3791 
3792 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3793   do {
3794     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3795       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3796     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3797       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3798     else
3799       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3800   } while (true);
3801 }
3802 
3803 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3804 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3805 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3806 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3807 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3808 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3809 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3810 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3811                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3812                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3813                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3814   Params.clear();
3815   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3816     return false;
3817   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3818     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3819     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3820 
3821     // The parameter types are identical
3822     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3823       continue;
3824 
3825     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3826     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3827     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3828     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3829 
3830     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3831         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3832       Params.push_back(Idx);
3833     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3834       return false;
3835   }
3836 
3837   return true;
3838 }
3839 
3840 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3841 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3842 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3843 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3844 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3845 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3846                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3847   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3848   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3849   //   - types which will become injected class names
3850   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3851   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3852   // few cases here.
3853 
3854   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3855   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3856   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3857   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3858   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3859   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3860     // Grab the type from the parser.
3861     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3862     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3863     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3864 
3865     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3866     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3867     // attached already.
3868     if (!TSI)
3869       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3870 
3871     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3872     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3873     if (!TSI) return true;
3874 
3875     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3876     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3877     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3878     break;
3879   }
3880 
3881   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3882   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3883     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3884     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3885     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3886     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3887     break;
3888   }
3889 
3890   default:
3891     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3892     break;
3893   }
3894 
3895   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3896   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3897     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3898 
3899     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3900     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3901     // pointer.
3902     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3903       continue;
3904 
3905     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3906     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3907     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3908       return true;
3909   }
3910 
3911   return false;
3912 }
3913 
3914 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3915   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3916   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3917 
3918   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3919       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3920     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3921 
3922   return Dcl;
3923 }
3924 
3925 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3926 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3927 ///   name different from T:
3928 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3929 ///     - every member function of class T
3930 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3931 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3932 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3933                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3934   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3935 
3936   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3937     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3938       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3939       return true;
3940     }
3941 
3942   return false;
3943 }
3944 
3945 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3946 /// nested-name-specifier.
3947 ///
3948 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3949 ///
3950 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3951 /// resolves.
3952 ///
3953 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3954 ///
3955 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3956 ///
3957 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3958 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3959                                         DeclarationName Name,
3960                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3961   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3962   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3963     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3964 
3965   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3966   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3967   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3968   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3969   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3970   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3971   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3972   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3973 
3974   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3975   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3976   //
3977   // class X {
3978   //   void X::f();
3979   // };
3980   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3981     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3982                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3983       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3984     SS.clear();
3985     return false;
3986   }
3987 
3988   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3989   // declaration.
3990   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3991     if (Cur->isRecord())
3992       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3993         << Name << SS.getRange();
3994     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3995       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3996         << Name << SS.getRange();
3997     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3998       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3999         << Name << SS.getRange();
4000     else
4001       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4002       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4003 
4004     return true;
4005   }
4006 
4007   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4008     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4009     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4010       << Name << SS.getRange();
4011     SS.clear();
4012 
4013     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4014     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4015     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4016     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4017          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4018         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4019                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4020       return true;
4021 
4022     return false;
4023   }
4024 
4025   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4026   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4027   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4028   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4029   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4030     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4031   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4032         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4033     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4034       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4035 
4036   return false;
4037 }
4038 
4039 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4040                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4041   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4042   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4043   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4044 
4045   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4046   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4047   if (!Name) {
4048     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4049       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4050            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4051         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4052     return 0;
4053   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4054     return 0;
4055 
4056   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4057   // we find one that is.
4058   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4059          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4060     S = S->getParent();
4061 
4062   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4063   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4064     D.setInvalidType();
4065   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4066     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4067                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4068       return 0;
4069 
4070     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4071     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4072     if (!DC) {
4073       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4074       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4075       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4076       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4077       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4078            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4079         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4080         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4081       return 0;
4082     }
4083     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4084 
4085     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4086         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4087       return 0;
4088 
4089     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4090       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4091            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4092         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4093       D.setInvalidType();
4094     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4095       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4096                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4097         if (DC->isRecord())
4098           return 0;
4099 
4100         D.setInvalidType();
4101       }
4102     }
4103 
4104     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4105     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4106     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4107         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4108       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4109       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4110         D.setInvalidType();
4111     }
4112   }
4113 
4114   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4115     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4116     // Just return early; it's safer.
4117     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4118       return 0;
4119 
4120   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4121   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4122 
4123   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4124                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4125     D.setInvalidType();
4126 
4127   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4128                         ForRedeclaration);
4129 
4130   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4131   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4132     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4133 
4134     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4135     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4136     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4137     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4138       /* Do nothing*/;
4139     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4140       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4141           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4142         IsLinkageLookup = true;
4143     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
4144       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4145     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4146              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4147       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4148 
4149     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4150       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4151 
4152     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
4153   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4154     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4155 
4156     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4157     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4158     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4159     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4160     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4161     //  thereof; [...]
4162     //
4163     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4164     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4165     // we want to match. For example, given:
4166     //
4167     //   class X {
4168     //     void f();
4169     //     void f(float);
4170     //   };
4171     //
4172     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4173     //
4174     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4175     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4176     // matches.
4177 
4178     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4179     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4180     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4181     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4182     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4183   }
4184 
4185   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4186       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4187     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4188     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4189       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4190                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4191 
4192     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4193     Previous.clear();
4194   }
4195 
4196   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4197   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4198   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4199   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4200   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4201       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4202     Previous.clear();
4203 
4204   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4205   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4206   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4207     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4208 
4209   NamedDecl *New;
4210 
4211   bool AddToScope = true;
4212   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4213     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4214       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4215       return 0;
4216     }
4217 
4218     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4219   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4220     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4221                                   TemplateParamLists,
4222                                   AddToScope);
4223   } else {
4224     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4225                                   TemplateParamLists);
4226   }
4227 
4228   if (New == 0)
4229     return 0;
4230 
4231   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4232   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4233   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4234        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
4235     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
4236 
4237   return New;
4238 }
4239 
4240 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4241 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4242 /// GCC compatibility).
4243 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4244                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4245                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4246                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4247   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4248   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4249   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4250   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4251   SizeIsNegative = false;
4252   Oversized = 0;
4253 
4254   if (T->isDependentType())
4255     return QualType();
4256 
4257   QualifierCollector Qs;
4258   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4259 
4260   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4261     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4262     QualType FixedType =
4263         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4264                                             Oversized);
4265     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4266     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4267     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4268   }
4269   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4270     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4271     QualType FixedType =
4272         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4273                                             Oversized);
4274     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4275     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4276     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4277   }
4278 
4279   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4280   if (!VLATy)
4281     return QualType();
4282   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4283   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4284     return QualType();
4285 
4286   llvm::APSInt Res;
4287   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4288       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4289     return QualType();
4290 
4291   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4292   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4293     SizeIsNegative = true;
4294     return QualType();
4295   }
4296 
4297   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4298   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4299     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4300                                               Res);
4301   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4302     Oversized = Res;
4303     return QualType();
4304   }
4305 
4306   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4307                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4308 }
4309 
4310 static void
4311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4312   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4313     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4314     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4315                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4316     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4317     return;
4318   }
4319   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4320     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4321     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4322                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4323     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4324     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4325     return;
4326   }
4327   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4328   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4329   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4330   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4331   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4332   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4333   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4334   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4335 }
4336 
4337 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4338 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4339 /// GCC compatibility).
4340 static TypeSourceInfo*
4341 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4342                                               ASTContext &Context,
4343                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4344                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4345   QualType FixedTy
4346     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4347                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4348   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4349     return 0;
4350   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4351   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4352                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4353   return FixedTInfo;
4354 }
4355 
4356 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4357 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
4358 void
4359 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
4360                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
4361                                        Scope *S) {
4362   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4363          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
4364   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4365   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4366 }
4367 
4368 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4369 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4370   if (ExternalSource) {
4371     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4372     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4373     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4374     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4375       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4376         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4377       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4378         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4379     }
4380   }
4381 
4382   return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name);
4383 }
4384 
4385 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4386 /// does not identify a function.
4387 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4388   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4389   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4390   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4391     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4392          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4393 
4394   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4395     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4396          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4397 
4398   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4399     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4400          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4401 
4402   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4403     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4404          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4405 }
4406 
4407 NamedDecl*
4408 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4409                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4410   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4411   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4412     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4413       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4414     D.setInvalidType();
4415     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4416     DC = CurContext;
4417     Previous.clear();
4418   }
4419 
4420   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4421 
4422   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4423     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4424       << 1;
4425 
4426   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4427     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4428       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4429     return 0;
4430   }
4431 
4432   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4433   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4434 
4435   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4436   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4437 
4438   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4439 
4440   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4441   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4442   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4443   return ND;
4444 }
4445 
4446 void
4447 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4448   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4449   // then it shall have block scope.
4450   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4451   // that redeclarations will match.
4452   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4453   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4454   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4455     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4456 
4457     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4458       bool SizeIsNegative;
4459       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4460       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4461         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4462                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4463                                                       Oversized);
4464       if (FixedTInfo) {
4465         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4466         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4467       } else {
4468         if (SizeIsNegative)
4469           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4470         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4471           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4472         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4473           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4474             << Oversized.toString(10);
4475         else
4476           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4477         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4478       }
4479     }
4480   }
4481 }
4482 
4483 
4484 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4485 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4486 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4487 NamedDecl*
4488 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4489                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4490   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4491   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4492   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4493                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4494   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4495   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4496     Redeclaration = true;
4497     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4498   }
4499 
4500   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4501   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4502     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4503         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4504       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4505         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4506       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4507         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4508       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4509         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4510       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4511         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4512     }
4513 
4514   return NewTD;
4515 }
4516 
4517 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4518 /// previous declaration.
4519 ///
4520 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4521 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4522 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4523 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4524 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4525 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4526 ///
4527 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4528 /// lookup
4529 ///
4530 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4531 /// declared.
4532 ///
4533 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4534 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4535 static bool
4536 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4537                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4538   if (!PrevDecl)
4539     return false;
4540 
4541   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4542     return false;
4543 
4544   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4545     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4546     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4547     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4548     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4549     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4550     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4551     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4552     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4553       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4554       return false;
4555 
4556     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4557     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4558       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4559       return false;
4560 
4561     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4562     // previous declarations.
4563     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4564     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4565 
4566     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4567     // isn't the same function.
4568     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4569       return false;
4570   }
4571 
4572   return true;
4573 }
4574 
4575 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4576   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4577   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4578   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4579 }
4580 
4581 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4582   QualType type = decl->getType();
4583   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4584   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4585     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4586     unsigned kind = -1U;
4587     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4588       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4589         kind = 0; // __block
4590       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4591         kind = 1; // global
4592     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4593       kind = 3; // ivar
4594     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4595       kind = 2; // field
4596     }
4597 
4598     if (kind != -1U) {
4599       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4600         << kind;
4601     }
4602   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4603     // Try to infer lifetime.
4604     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4605       return false;
4606 
4607     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4608     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4609     decl->setType(type);
4610   }
4611 
4612   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4613     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4614     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4615         var->getTLSKind()) {
4616       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4617         << var->getType();
4618       return true;
4619     }
4620   }
4621 
4622   return false;
4623 }
4624 
4625 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4626   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4627   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4628     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4629       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4630       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4631     }
4632   }
4633   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4634     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4635       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4636       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4637     }
4638   }
4639 
4640   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4641   // It does not apply to functions.
4642   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4643     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4644       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4645       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4646     }
4647   }
4648 }
4649 
4650 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4651 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4652 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4653 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4654   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4655 
4656   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4657   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4658 
4659   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4660   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4661     return false;
4662 
4663   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4664 
4665 #ifndef NDEBUG
4666   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4667   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4668   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4669   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4670   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4671 #endif
4672 
4673   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4674 
4675 #ifndef NDEBUG
4676   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4677 #endif
4678 
4679   return isC99Inline;
4680 }
4681 
4682 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4683   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4684   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4685     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4686   if (DC->isFileContext())
4687     return true;
4688   if (DC->isRecord())
4689     return false;
4690   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4691 }
4692 
4693 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4694   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4695   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4696     return true;
4697   if (DC->isRecord())
4698     return false;
4699   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4700 }
4701 
4702 NamedDecl*
4703 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4704                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4705                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4706   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4707   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4708 
4709   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4710   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4711     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4712 
4713   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4714     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4715     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4716     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4717       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4718       D.setInvalidType();
4719     }
4720   }
4721 
4722   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4723     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4724     // an error here
4725     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4726     D.setInvalidType();
4727     SC = SC_None;
4728   }
4729 
4730   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4731   if (!II) {
4732     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4733       << Name;
4734     return 0;
4735   }
4736 
4737   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4738 
4739   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4740     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4741     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4742     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4743 
4744       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4745       // is a GNU extension.
4746       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4747         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4748       else
4749         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4750       D.setInvalidType();
4751     }
4752   }
4753 
4754   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4755     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4756     // OpenCL __local address space.
4757     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4758       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4759     }
4760 
4761     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4762     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4763     // space qualifiers.
4764     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4765       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4766       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4767     }
4768 
4769     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4770     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4771     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4772     // address space qualifiers.
4773     if (R->isEventT()) {
4774       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4775         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4776         D.setInvalidType();
4777       }
4778 
4779       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4780         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4781         D.setInvalidType();
4782       }
4783     }
4784   }
4785 
4786   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4787   VarDecl *NewVD;
4788   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4789     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4790                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4791                             R, TInfo, SC);
4792 
4793     if (D.isInvalidType())
4794       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4795   } else {
4796     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4797       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4798       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4799         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4800              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4801           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4802       }
4803     }
4804     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4805       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4806         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4807           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4808                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4809             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4810 
4811         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4812         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4813         if (RD->isUnion())
4814           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4815                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4816                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4817                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4818         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4819         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4820           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4821                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4822             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4823       }
4824     }
4825 
4826     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4827     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4828     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4829     bool Invalid = false;
4830     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4831         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4832                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4833                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4834                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4835                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4836                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4837                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4838                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4839                                                   Invalid)) {
4840       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4841         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4842         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4843           << II
4844           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4845                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4846         return 0;
4847       } else {
4848         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4849         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4850         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4851              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4852           << II
4853           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4854                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4855       }
4856     }
4857 
4858     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4859                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4860                             R, TInfo, SC);
4861 
4862     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4863     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4864     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
4865       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4866 
4867     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4868       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4869 
4870     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4871 
4872     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4873       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4874                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4875                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4876     }
4877 
4878     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4879       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4880   }
4881 
4882   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4883   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4884   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4885 
4886   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
4887     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
4888       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
4889       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
4890       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
4891       //   explicitly.
4892       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
4893       //   'extern'.
4894       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4895           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
4896           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4897         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4898       else
4899         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4900              diag::err_thread_non_global)
4901           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4902     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4903       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4904            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4905     else
4906       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4907   }
4908 
4909   // C99 6.7.4p3
4910   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
4911   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
4912   //   thread storage duration...
4913   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
4914   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
4915   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
4916   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
4917   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
4918   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4919       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
4920     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
4921     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
4922       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4923            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
4924       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
4925     }
4926   }
4927 
4928   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4929     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4930       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4931         << 2
4932         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4933     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4934       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4935         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4936         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4937         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4938     else
4939       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4940   }
4941 
4942   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4943   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4944 
4945   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
4946     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
4947 
4948   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4949     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4950     // storage [duration]."
4951     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4952         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4953          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4954       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4955     }
4956   }
4957 
4958   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4959   // retainable type.
4960   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4961     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4962 
4963   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4964   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4965     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4966     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4967     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4968     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4969       switch (SC) {
4970       case SC_None:
4971       case SC_Auto:
4972         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4973         break;
4974       case SC_Register:
4975         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4976           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4977         break;
4978       case SC_Static:
4979       case SC_Extern:
4980       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4981       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4982         break;
4983       }
4984     }
4985 
4986     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4987                                                 Context, Label));
4988   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4989     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4990       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4991     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4992       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4993       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4994     }
4995   }
4996 
4997   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4998   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4999     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5000 
5001   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5002   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5003   // declaration has linkage).
5004   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5005                        isExplicitSpecialization);
5006 
5007   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5008     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5009   } else {
5010     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5011     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5012       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5013           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5014           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5015         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5016         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5017         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5018           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5019         Previous.clear();
5020         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5021       }
5022     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5023       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5024       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5025         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5026         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5027       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5028     }
5029 
5030     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5031 
5032     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5033     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5034         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5035       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5036   }
5037 
5038   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5039   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5040 
5041   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
5042   // such variables.
5043   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
5044       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5045     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
5046 
5047   return NewVD;
5048 }
5049 
5050 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5051 /// -Wshadow.
5052 ///
5053 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5054 /// scope.
5055 ///
5056 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5057 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5058 ///
5059 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5060   // Return if warning is ignored.
5061   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5062         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5063     return;
5064 
5065   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5066   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5067     return;
5068 
5069   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5070 
5071   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5072   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5073     return;
5074 
5075   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5076   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5077     return;
5078 
5079   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5080   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5081     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5082       if (MD->isStatic())
5083         return;
5084 
5085   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5086     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5087       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5088       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5089       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5090              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5091            I != E; ++I)
5092         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5093           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5094           break;
5095         }
5096     }
5097 
5098   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5099 
5100   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5101   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5102     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5103     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5104       return;
5105 
5106     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5107     // static data members from base classes?
5108 
5109     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5110     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5111     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5112   }
5113 
5114   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5115   unsigned Kind;
5116   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5117     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5118       Kind = 3; // field
5119     else
5120       Kind = 2; // static data member
5121   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5122     Kind = 1; // global
5123   else
5124     Kind = 0; // local
5125 
5126   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5127 
5128   // Emit warning and note.
5129   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5130   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5131 }
5132 
5133 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5134 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5135   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5136         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5137     return;
5138 
5139   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5140                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5141   LookupName(R, S);
5142   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5143 }
5144 
5145 template<typename T>
5146 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) {
5147   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext();
5148   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5149     return true;
5150 
5151   // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local
5152   // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context
5153   // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case.
5154   // We need to this because of code like
5155   //
5156   // namespace { struct bar {}; }
5157   // auto foo = bar();
5158   //
5159   // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before
5160   // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage
5161   // unless it is in an extern C block.
5162   if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) {
5163     const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext();
5164     if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5165       return false;
5166   }
5167 
5168   return ND->isExternC();
5169 }
5170 
5171 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5172   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5173   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5174     return;
5175 
5176   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5177   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5178 
5179   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5180   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5181     return;
5182 
5183   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5184     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5185       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5186     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5187     NewVD->setType(T);
5188   }
5189 
5190   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5191   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5192   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5193   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5194   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5195     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5196     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5197     return;
5198   }
5199 
5200   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5201   // __constant address space.
5202   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5203       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5204       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5205     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5206     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5207     return;
5208   }
5209 
5210   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5211   // scope.
5212   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5213       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5214     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5215     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5216     return;
5217   }
5218 
5219   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5220       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5221     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5222       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5223     else {
5224       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5225       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5226     }
5227   }
5228 
5229   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5230   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5231       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5232     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5233 
5234   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5235       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5236     bool SizeIsNegative;
5237     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5238     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5239       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5240                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5241     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5242       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5243       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5244       // int a[10][n];
5245       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5246 
5247       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5248         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5249         << SizeRange;
5250       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5251         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5252         << SizeRange;
5253       else
5254         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5255         << SizeRange;
5256       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5257       return;
5258     }
5259 
5260     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5261       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5262         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5263       else
5264         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5265       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5266       return;
5267     }
5268 
5269     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5270     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5271     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5272   }
5273 
5274   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5275     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5276     //                    of objects and functions.
5277     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5278       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5279         << T;
5280       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5281       return;
5282     }
5283   }
5284 
5285   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5286     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5287     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5288     return;
5289   }
5290 
5291   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5292     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5293     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5294     return;
5295   }
5296 
5297   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5298       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5299                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5300     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5301     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5302     return;
5303   }
5304 }
5305 
5306 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5307 /// declaration.
5308 ///
5309 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5310 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5311 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5312 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5313 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5314 ///
5315 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5316 ///
5317 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5318 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
5319                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
5320   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5321 
5322   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5323   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5324     return false;
5325 
5326   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5327   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5328   //
5329   // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations.
5330   // The actual standards text here is:
5331   //
5332   // C++11 [basic.link]p6:
5333   //   The name of a function declared in block scope and the name
5334   //   of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration
5335   //   have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity
5336   //   with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities
5337   //   declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the
5338   //   block scope declaration declares that same entity and
5339   //   receives the linkage of the previous declaration.
5340   //
5341   // C11 6.2.7p4:
5342   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
5343   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
5344   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
5345   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
5346   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
5347   //
5348   // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to
5349   // update our understanding of the type according to declarations
5350   // not in scope.
5351   bool PreviousWasHidden = false;
5352   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) {
5353     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5354       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
5355     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) {
5356       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5357       PreviousWasHidden = true;
5358     }
5359   }
5360 
5361   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5362   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5363 
5364   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5365     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden);
5366     return true;
5367   }
5368   return false;
5369 }
5370 
5371 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5372 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5373   Sema *S;
5374   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5375 };
5376 
5377 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5378 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5379 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5380 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5381                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5382                                  void *UserData) {
5383   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5384 
5385   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5386     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5387 
5388   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5389 
5390   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5391   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5392     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5393     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5394     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5395 
5396     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5397   }
5398 
5399   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5400        !Path.Decls.empty();
5401        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5402     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5403     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5404       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5405         return true;
5406     }
5407   }
5408 
5409   return false;
5410 }
5411 
5412 namespace {
5413   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5414 }
5415 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5416 /// overriden methods.
5417 ///
5418 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5419 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5420 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5421 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5422                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5423   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5424   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5425                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5426        I != E; ++I) {
5427     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5428     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5429     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5430     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5431         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5432         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5433       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5434   }
5435 }
5436 
5437 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5438 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5439 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5440   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5441   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5442   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5443   Data.Method = MD;
5444   Data.S = this;
5445   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5446   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5447   bool AddedAny = false;
5448   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5449     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5450          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5451       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5452         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5453         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5454             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5455             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5456             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5457           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5458           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5459           AddedAny = true;
5460         }
5461       }
5462     }
5463   }
5464 
5465   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5466     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5467   }
5468   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5469     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5470   }
5471 
5472   return AddedAny;
5473 }
5474 
5475 namespace {
5476   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5477   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5478   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5479     Scope *S;
5480     Declarator &D;
5481     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5482     bool AddToScope;
5483   };
5484 }
5485 
5486 namespace {
5487 
5488 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5489 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5490 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5491  public:
5492   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5493                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5494       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5495         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5496 
5497   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5498     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5499       return false;
5500 
5501     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5502     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5503                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5504          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5505       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5506 
5507       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5508           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5509         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5510           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5511           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5512             return true;
5513         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5514           return true;
5515         }
5516       }
5517     }
5518 
5519     return false;
5520   }
5521 
5522  private:
5523   ASTContext &Context;
5524   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5525   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5526 };
5527 
5528 }
5529 
5530 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5531 ///
5532 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5533 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5534 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5535 /// the same name.
5536 ///
5537 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5538 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5539 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5540     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5541     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
5542   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
5543   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5544   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5545   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
5546                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5547   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5548   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5549   TypoCorrection Correction;
5550   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5551                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
5552   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5553                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
5554 
5555   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5556   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
5557   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
5558          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
5559   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5560   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
5561                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
5562   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5563     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5564          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5565       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5566       if (FD &&
5567           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5568         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5569         // involve a parameter
5570         unsigned ParamNum =
5571             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5572         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5573       }
5574     }
5575   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5576   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5577                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5578                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5579     // Trap errors.
5580     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5581 
5582     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5583     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5584                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5585     Previous.clear();
5586     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5587     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5588                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5589          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5590       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5591       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5592           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5593         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5594       }
5595     }
5596     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5597     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5598     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5599     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5600     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5601         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5602         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5603         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5604         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5605     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5606       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5607       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5608                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5609       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5610       Previous.clear();
5611       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5612       Result = NULL;
5613     } else {
5614       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5615                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5616            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5617         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5618           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5619       }
5620     }
5621     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5622       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5623       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5624     } else {
5625       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5626                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5627     }
5628   }
5629 
5630   if (Correction) {
5631     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5632     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5633     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5634     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5635     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5636     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5637     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5638       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5639     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5640         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5641         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5642             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5643   } else {
5644     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5645         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5646   }
5647 
5648   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5649   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5650     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5651 
5652   for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5653        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5654        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5655     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5656     bool FDisConst = false;
5657     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5658       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5659 
5660     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5661       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5662       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5663       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5664       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5665           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5666     } else if (Correction) {
5667       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5668           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5669     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5670       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5671           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5672     } else
5673       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5674   }
5675   return Result;
5676 }
5677 
5678 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5679                                                           Declarator &D) {
5680   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5681   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5682   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5683   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5684   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5685     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5686                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5687     D.setInvalidType();
5688     break;
5689   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5690   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5691     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
5692       return SC_None;
5693     return SC_Extern;
5694   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5695     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5696       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5697       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5698       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5699       //   other than extern
5700       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5701       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5702                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5703       break;
5704     } else
5705       return SC_Static;
5706   }
5707   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5708   }
5709 
5710   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5711   return SC_None;
5712 }
5713 
5714 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5715                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5716                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5717                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5718                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5719   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5720   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5721 
5722   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5723   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5724 
5725   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5726     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5727     // prototype. This true when:
5728     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5729     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5730     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5731     bool HasPrototype =
5732       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5733       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5734 
5735     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5736                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5737                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
5738                                  HasPrototype, false);
5739     if (D.isInvalidType())
5740       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5741 
5742     // Set the lexical context.
5743     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5744 
5745     return NewFD;
5746   }
5747 
5748   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5749   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5750 
5751   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5752   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5753   // the class has been completely parsed.
5754   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5755       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5756                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5757                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5758                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5759     D.setInvalidType();
5760 
5761   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5762     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5763     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5764            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5765 
5766     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5767     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5768                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5769                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5770                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5771                                       isConstexpr);
5772 
5773   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5774     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5775     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5776       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5777       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5778       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5779                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5780                                         D.getLocStart(),
5781                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5782                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5783 
5784       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5785       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5786       // it yet.
5787       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5788           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5789           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5790         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5791       }
5792 
5793       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
5794       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
5795       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
5796       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
5797           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
5798           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
5799         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
5800       }
5801 
5802       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5803       return NewDD;
5804 
5805     } else {
5806       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5807       D.setInvalidType();
5808 
5809       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5810       // code path.
5811       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5812                                   D.getLocStart(),
5813                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5814                                   SC, isInline,
5815                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5816     }
5817 
5818   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5819     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5820       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5821            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5822       return 0;
5823     }
5824 
5825     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5826     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5827     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5828                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5829                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5830                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5831 
5832   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5833     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5834     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5835     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5836     // constructor if it has no return type).
5837     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5838         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5839       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5840         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5841         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5842       return 0;
5843     }
5844 
5845     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5846     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
5847                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5848                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5849                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
5850                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5851     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
5852     return Ret;
5853   } else {
5854     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5855     // prototype. This true when:
5856     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5857     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5858                                 D.getLocStart(),
5859                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
5860                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5861   }
5862 }
5863 
5864 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5865   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5866   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5867   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5868       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5869     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5870     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5871       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5872     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5873                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5874       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5875     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5876       << IsTypeAlias;
5877   }
5878 }
5879 
5880 NamedDecl*
5881 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5882                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5883                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5884                               bool &AddToScope) {
5885   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5886 
5887   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5888 
5889   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5890   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5891   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5892   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5893 
5894   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
5895     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5896          diag::err_invalid_thread)
5897       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5898 
5899   bool isFriend = false;
5900   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5901   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5902   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5903 
5904   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5905   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5906   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5907 
5908   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5909 
5910   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5911                                               isVirtualOkay);
5912   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5913 
5914   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5915     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5916 
5917   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5918     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5919     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5920     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5921     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5922     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5923     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5924       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5925       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5926       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5927       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5928     }
5929 
5930     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5931     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5932     // return true).
5933     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5934           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5935       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5936         NewFD->setPure(true);
5937     }
5938 
5939     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5940     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5941     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5942     if (D.isInvalidType())
5943       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5944 
5945     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5946     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5947     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5948     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5949 
5950     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5951     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5952     bool Invalid = false;
5953     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5954           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5955                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5956                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5957                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5958                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5959                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5960                                   isFriend,
5961                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5962                                   Invalid)) {
5963       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5964         // This is a function template
5965 
5966         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5967         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5968           return 0;
5969 
5970         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5971         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5972           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5973           return 0;
5974         }
5975 
5976         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5977         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5978         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5979         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5980           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5981           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5982             Invalid = true;
5983         }
5984 
5985 
5986         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5987                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5988                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5989                                                         NewFD);
5990         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5991         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5992 
5993         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5994         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5995           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5996                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5997                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5998         }
5999       } else {
6000         // This is a function template specialization.
6001         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6002         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6003         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6004                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6005                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6006 
6007         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6008         if (isFriend) {
6009           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6010           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6011 
6012           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6013           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6014           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6015           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6016           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6017           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6018           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6019             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6020             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6021           }
6022 
6023           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6024             << Name << RemoveRange
6025             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6026             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6027         }
6028       }
6029     }
6030     else {
6031       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6032       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6033       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6034         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6035         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6036                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6037                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6038     }
6039 
6040     if (Invalid) {
6041       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6042       if (FunctionTemplate)
6043         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6044     }
6045 
6046     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6047     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6048     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6049     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6050     //
6051     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6052       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6053         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6054              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6055       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6056         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6057         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6058              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6059           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6060       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6061         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6062         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6064              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6065           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6066       } else {
6067         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6068         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6069       }
6070 
6071       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6072           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6073         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6074     }
6075 
6076     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6077     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6078     //  declaration.
6079     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6080       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6081         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6082         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6083              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6084           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6085       }
6086     }
6087 
6088     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6089     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6090     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6091     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6092     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6093       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6094         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6095         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6096              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6097           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6098       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6099                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6100         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6101         // or conversion function.
6102         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6103              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6104           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6105       }
6106     }
6107 
6108     if (isConstexpr) {
6109       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6110       // are implicitly inline.
6111       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6112 
6113       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6114       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6115       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6116       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6117         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6118     }
6119 
6120     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6121     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6122       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6123         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6124           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6125         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6126           << 0
6127           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6128       } else {
6129         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6130         if (FunctionTemplate)
6131           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6132       }
6133     }
6134 
6135     if (isFriend) {
6136       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
6137       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6138         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6139         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6140       }
6141       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6142       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6143     }
6144 
6145     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6146     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6147       case FDK_Declaration:
6148       case FDK_Definition:
6149         break;
6150 
6151       case FDK_Defaulted:
6152         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6153         break;
6154 
6155       case FDK_Deleted:
6156         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6157         break;
6158     }
6159 
6160     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6161         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6162       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6163       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6164       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6165       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6166     }
6167 
6168     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6169         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6170       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6171       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6172       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6173       //   the class.
6174 
6175       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6176       // member function definition.
6177       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6178            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6179         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6180     }
6181 
6182     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6183     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6184     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6185     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6186     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6187          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6188         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6189       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6190       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6191       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6192                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6193     }
6194   }
6195 
6196   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6197   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6198                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6199                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6200 
6201   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6202   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6203     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6204     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6205     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6206                                                 SE->getString()));
6207   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6208     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6209       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6210     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6211       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6212       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6213     }
6214   }
6215 
6216   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6217   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6218   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6219   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6220     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6221 
6222     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6223     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6224     // single void argument.
6225     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6226     // already checks for that case.
6227     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6228         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6229         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6230       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6231       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6232     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6233       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6234         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6235         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6236         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6237         Params.push_back(Param);
6238 
6239         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6240           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6241       }
6242     }
6243 
6244   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6245     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6246     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6247     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6248     //
6249     // @code
6250     // typedef void fn(int);
6251     // fn f;
6252     // @endcode
6253 
6254     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6255     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6256          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6257       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6258         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6259       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6260       Params.push_back(Param);
6261     }
6262   } else {
6263     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6264            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6265   }
6266 
6267   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6268   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6269 
6270   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6271   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6272   //
6273   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6274   //
6275   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6276   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6277   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6278 
6279   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6280     NewFD->addAttr(
6281         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6282                                        Context));
6283 
6284   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
6285   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6286                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
6287 
6288   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6289   // because all functions have linkage.
6290   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6291       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6292     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6293     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6294   }
6295 
6296   // Handle attributes.
6297   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6298                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
6299 
6300   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6301   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6302       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6303   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6304       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6305     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6306     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
6307       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6308                                                         Context));
6309     }
6310   }
6311 
6312   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6313     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6314     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6315     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6316       if (NewFD->isMain())
6317         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6318       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6319                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6320     }
6321     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6322     else if (!Previous.empty())
6323            D.setRedeclaration(true);
6324     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6325             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6326            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6327   } else {
6328     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6329     // argument list into our AST format.
6330     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6331       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6332       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
6333       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6334       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6335                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6336       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
6337                                  TemplateArgs);
6338 
6339       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6340 
6341       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6342         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6343       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
6344         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
6345         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
6346           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6347 
6348         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6349       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6350                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6351         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
6352         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
6353         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
6354         // too few of them).
6355         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
6356           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
6357           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6358                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
6359                                         "template<> ");
6360         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6361       } else {
6362         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
6363         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6364       }
6365     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6366       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
6367       // wrote something like:
6368       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
6369       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
6370       //   friend void foo<>(int);
6371       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
6372       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6373         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6374       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6375     }
6376 
6377     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
6378     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
6379     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
6380     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
6381     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
6382     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
6383         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
6384          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
6385             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
6386             InstantiationDependent))) {
6387       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
6388              "friend function specialization without template args");
6389       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
6390                                                        Previous))
6391         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6392     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6393       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
6394           && !isFriend) {
6395         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
6396         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
6397           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
6398           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
6399           << NewFD->getDeclName();
6400       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
6401                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
6402                                                      Previous))
6403         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6404 
6405       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
6406       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
6407       //   specialization (14.7.3)
6408       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
6409           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
6410       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
6411         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
6412           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6413                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
6414             << SC
6415             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6416                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6417 
6418         else
6419           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6420                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
6421             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6422                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6423       }
6424 
6425     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6426       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
6427           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6428     }
6429 
6430     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6431     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6432       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6433         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
6434         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
6435         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6436           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
6437       } else {
6438         if (NewFD->isMain())
6439           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6440         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6441                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
6442       }
6443     }
6444 
6445     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6446             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6447            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6448 
6449     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
6450                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
6451                                 : NewFD);
6452 
6453     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
6454       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
6455       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6456         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
6457 
6458       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
6459       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
6460 
6461       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
6462     }
6463 
6464     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
6465         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
6466       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
6467 
6468     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
6469     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
6470     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6471       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
6472                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
6473       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
6474                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
6475                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
6476                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
6477                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
6478                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
6479                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6480                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6481                                  DC->isDependentContext())
6482                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6483                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
6484     }
6485 
6486     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6487       // Ignore all the rest of this.
6488     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
6489       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
6490                                        AddToScope };
6491       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
6492       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
6493         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6494 
6495       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
6496       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6497         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
6498         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
6499 
6500         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
6501         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
6502         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
6503         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
6504         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
6505         // can actually do this check immediately.
6506         if (isFriend &&
6507             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
6508              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
6509              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
6510           // ignore these
6511         } else {
6512           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
6513           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
6514           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
6515           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
6516           //
6517           // class X {
6518           //   void f() const;
6519           // };
6520           //
6521           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
6522           //
6523           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
6524           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
6525           // whether the parameter types are references).
6526 
6527           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6528                                                                NewFD,
6529                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
6530             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6531             return Result;
6532           }
6533         }
6534 
6535         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
6536         // to something.
6537       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
6538         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6539                                                              NewFD,
6540                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
6541           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6542           return Result;
6543         }
6544       }
6545 
6546     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6547                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6548                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
6549       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
6550       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6551       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
6552       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
6553       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
6554       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6555       // generate them.
6556       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6557         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6558     }
6559   }
6560 
6561   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
6562   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
6563 
6564   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6565 
6566   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6567       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6568     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6569          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6570       << NewFD;
6571 
6572     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6573     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6574     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6575     EPI.Variadic = true;
6576     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6577 
6578     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
6579     NewFD->setType(R);
6580   }
6581 
6582   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6583   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6584   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
6585     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6586 
6587   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6588   // marking the function.
6589   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6590 
6591   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
6592   // map of such names.
6593   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
6594       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6595     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
6596 
6597   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6598   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6599 
6600   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6601     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6602       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6603         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6604       return FunctionTemplate;
6605     }
6606   }
6607 
6608   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6609     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6610     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6611         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6612       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6613       D.setInvalidType();
6614     }
6615 
6616     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
6617     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
6618       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6619            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
6620       D.setInvalidType();
6621     }
6622 
6623     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
6624          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
6625       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
6626       QualType PT = Param->getType();
6627 
6628       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6629       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6630       // pointer to a pointer type.
6631       if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) {
6632         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg);
6633         D.setInvalidType();
6634       }
6635 
6636       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6637       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6638       // of event_t type.
6639       if (PT->isEventT()) {
6640         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg);
6641         D.setInvalidType();
6642       }
6643     }
6644   }
6645 
6646   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6647 
6648   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6649     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6650       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6651           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6652         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6653           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6654             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6655 
6656           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6657         }
6658       }
6659 
6660   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6661   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6662   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6663   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6664     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6665                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6666                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6667                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6668                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6669     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6670     AddToScope = false;
6671   }
6672 
6673   return NewFD;
6674 }
6675 
6676 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6677 ///
6678 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6679 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6680 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6681 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6682 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6683 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6684 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6685 ///
6686 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6687 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6688 ///
6689 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6690 ///
6691 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6692 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6693                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6694                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6695   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6696          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6697 
6698   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6699   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) {
6700     // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6701     // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6702     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6703       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
6704     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
6705       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
6706   }
6707 
6708   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6709   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
6710 
6711   bool Redeclaration = false;
6712   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6713 
6714   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6715   // the same name, if appropriate.
6716   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6717     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6718     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6719     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6720     // function to the scope.
6721     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6722       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6723       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
6724         Redeclaration = true;
6725         OldDecl = Candidate;
6726       }
6727     } else {
6728       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6729                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6730       case Ovl_Match:
6731         Redeclaration = true;
6732         break;
6733 
6734       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6735         Redeclaration = true;
6736         break;
6737 
6738       case Ovl_Overload:
6739         Redeclaration = false;
6740         break;
6741       }
6742 
6743       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6744         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6745         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6746         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6747           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6748         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6749         if (Redeclaration)
6750           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6751         else if (!Previous.empty())
6752           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6753         if (OverloadedDecl)
6754           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6755                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6756         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6757                                                         Context));
6758       }
6759     }
6760   }
6761 
6762   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
6763   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
6764   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
6765   //
6766   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
6767   // definition of a static member function.
6768   //
6769   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
6770   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
6771   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6772   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
6773       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
6774       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
6775     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6776     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
6777           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
6778       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
6779     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
6780       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6781         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6782       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6783       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
6784       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6785                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6786 
6787       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
6788       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
6789       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
6790         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
6791         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
6792                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
6793           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
6794 
6795         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
6796           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
6797       }
6798     }
6799   }
6800 
6801   if (Redeclaration) {
6802     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6803     // merged.
6804     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6805       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6806       return Redeclaration;
6807     }
6808 
6809     Previous.clear();
6810     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6811 
6812     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6813                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6814       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6815       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6816         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6817       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6818       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6819             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6820         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6821         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6822       }
6823 
6824       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6825       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6826       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6827           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6828         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6829         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6830       }
6831 
6832     } else {
6833       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
6834       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6835 
6836       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6837         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
6838         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
6839         // because of templates, which means that the previous
6840         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
6841 
6842         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
6843         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6844         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
6845 
6846         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
6847         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
6848             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
6849           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
6850           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
6851           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
6852           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration());
6853           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
6854             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
6855           }
6856         }
6857       }
6858     }
6859   }
6860 
6861   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6862   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6863     // C++-specific checks.
6864     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6865       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6866     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6867                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6868       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6869       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6870 
6871       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6872       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6873       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6874         DeclarationName Name
6875           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6876                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6877         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6878           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6879           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6880           return Redeclaration;
6881         }
6882       }
6883     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6884                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6885       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6886     }
6887 
6888     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6889     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6890       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6891           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6892           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6893         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6894           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6895           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6896             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6897           }
6898         }
6899       }
6900 
6901       if (Method->isStatic())
6902         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6903     }
6904 
6905     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6906     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6907         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6908       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6909       return Redeclaration;
6910     }
6911 
6912     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6913     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6914         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6915       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6916       return Redeclaration;
6917     }
6918 
6919     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6920     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6921     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6922     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6923       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6924 
6925     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6926     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6927     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6928       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6929       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6930       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6931       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6932         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6933         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6934         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6935       }
6936     }
6937 
6938     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6939     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6940     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6941     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
6942     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
6943       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6944       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6945         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6946             << NewFD << R;
6947       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6948                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6949         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6950     }
6951   }
6952   return Redeclaration;
6953 }
6954 
6955 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6956   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6957   if (!TSI)
6958     return SourceRange();
6959 
6960   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
6961   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
6962   if (!FunctionTL)
6963     return SourceRange();
6964 
6965   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
6966   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
6967     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
6968 
6969   return SourceRange();
6970 }
6971 
6972 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6973   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6974   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6975   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
6976   //   appear in a declaration of main.
6977   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6978   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
6979   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6980     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6981          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6982       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6983   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6984     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6985       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6986   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
6987     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
6988     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
6989                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
6990     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
6991     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
6992       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
6993   }
6994   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6995     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6996       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6997     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6998   }
6999 
7000   QualType T = FD->getType();
7001   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7002   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7003 
7004   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7005   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7006     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7007     // set the flag which tells us that.
7008     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7009     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7010 
7011   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7012   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7013   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7014   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7015     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7016 
7017     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7018     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7019       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7020           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7021 
7022   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7023   } else {
7024     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7025     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7026       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7027           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7028     else
7029       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7030 
7031     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7032   }
7033 
7034   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7035   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7036 
7037   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7038   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7039   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7040 
7041   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7042 
7043   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7044   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7045   // getting shifty.
7046   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7047     HasExtraParameters = false;
7048 
7049   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7050     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7051     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7052     nparams = 3;
7053   }
7054 
7055   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7056   // if we had some location information about types.
7057 
7058   QualType CharPP =
7059     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7060   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7061 
7062   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7063     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7064 
7065     bool mismatch = true;
7066 
7067     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7068       mismatch = false;
7069     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7070       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7071       //   char const **
7072       //   char const * const *
7073       //   char * const *
7074 
7075       QualifierCollector qs;
7076       const PointerType* PT;
7077       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7078           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7079           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7080                               Context.CharTy)) {
7081         qs.removeConst();
7082         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7083       }
7084     }
7085 
7086     if (mismatch) {
7087       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7088       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7089       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7090     }
7091   }
7092 
7093   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7094     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7095   }
7096 
7097   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7098     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
7099     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7100   }
7101 }
7102 
7103 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7104   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7105   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7106   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7107   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7108   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7109   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7110   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7111   // rules there don't matter.)
7112   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7113     return false;
7114   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7115     << Init->getSourceRange();
7116   return true;
7117 }
7118 
7119 namespace {
7120   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7121   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7122   class SelfReferenceChecker
7123       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7124     Sema &S;
7125     Decl *OrigDecl;
7126     bool isRecordType;
7127     bool isPODType;
7128     bool isReferenceType;
7129 
7130   public:
7131     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7132 
7133     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7134                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7135       isPODType = false;
7136       isRecordType = false;
7137       isReferenceType = false;
7138       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7139         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7140         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7141         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7142       }
7143     }
7144 
7145     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7146     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7147     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7148     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7149       if (isReferenceType)
7150         return;
7151       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7152       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7153         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7154         return;
7155       }
7156 
7157       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7158         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7159         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7160         return;
7161       }
7162 
7163       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7164         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7165         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7166           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7167           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7168             return;
7169           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7170         }
7171         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7172           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7173         return;
7174       }
7175     }
7176 
7177     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7178     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7179     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7180       if (isReferenceType)
7181         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7182     }
7183 
7184     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7185       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7186           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7187         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7188 
7189       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7190     }
7191 
7192     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7193       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7194       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7195 
7196       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7197       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7198       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7199       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7200       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7201       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7202         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7203           Warn = false;
7204         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7205       }
7206 
7207       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7208         if (Warn)
7209           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7210         return;
7211       }
7212 
7213       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7214       // Visit that expression.
7215       Visit(Base);
7216     }
7217 
7218     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7219       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7220         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7221           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7222 
7223       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7224     }
7225 
7226     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7227       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7228       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7229           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7230         if (!isPODType)
7231           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7232         return;
7233       }
7234       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7235     }
7236 
7237     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7238 
7239     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7240       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7241       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7242       unsigned diag;
7243       if (isReferenceType) {
7244         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7245       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7246         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7247       } else {
7248         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7249       }
7250 
7251       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7252                             S.PDiag(diag)
7253                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7254                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7255                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7256     }
7257   };
7258 
7259   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7260   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7261                                  bool DirectInit) {
7262     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7263     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7264     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7265       return;
7266 
7267     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7268 
7269     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7270     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7271     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7272       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7273         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7274           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7275             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7276               return;
7277 
7278     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7279   }
7280 }
7281 
7282 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7283 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7284 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7285 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7286                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7287   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7288   // the initializer.
7289   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7290     return;
7291 
7292   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7293     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7294     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7295     // Thus this grotesque test.
7296     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7297     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7298         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7299       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7300     else {
7301       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
7302         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
7303       Method->setInvalidDecl();
7304     }
7305     return;
7306   }
7307 
7308   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
7309   if (!VDecl) {
7310     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
7311     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
7312     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7313     return;
7314   }
7315 
7316   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
7317 
7318   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
7319   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7320     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
7321     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
7322     // contains exactly one expression.
7323     if (CXXDirectInit) {
7324       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7325         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
7326         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
7327         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
7328              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
7329           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7330           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7331         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7332         return;
7333       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
7334         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
7335              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
7336           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7337           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7338         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7339         return;
7340       } else {
7341         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
7342       }
7343     }
7344 
7345     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7346     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
7347     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7348         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7349       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7350       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7351         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7352         return;
7353       }
7354       Init = Result.take();
7355       DefaultedToAuto = true;
7356     }
7357 
7358     QualType DeducedType;
7359     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
7360             DAR_Failed)
7361       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
7362     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
7363       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7364       return;
7365     }
7366     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
7367     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
7368 
7369     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
7370     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
7371       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7372 
7373     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
7374     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
7375     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
7376     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
7377     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
7378         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
7379       SourceLocation Loc =
7380           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7381       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
7382         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
7383     }
7384 
7385     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
7386     // the previously declared type.
7387     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
7388       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false);
7389 
7390     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
7391     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
7392     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7393       return;
7394   }
7395 
7396   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
7397     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
7398     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
7399     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7400     return;
7401   }
7402 
7403   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
7404     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
7405     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
7406     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
7407     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
7408     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
7409       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
7410     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
7411                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7412       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7413       return;
7414     }
7415 
7416     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7417     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
7418                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7419                                AbstractVariableType))
7420       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7421   }
7422 
7423   const VarDecl *Def;
7424   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
7425     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7426       << VDecl->getDeclName();
7427     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7428     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7429     return;
7430   }
7431 
7432   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
7433   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7434     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
7435     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
7436     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7437     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
7438     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
7439     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
7440     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
7441     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
7442     //
7443     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
7444     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
7445     // declaration with an initializer.
7446     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
7447       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7448         << VDecl->getDeclName();
7449       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7450       return;
7451     }
7452 
7453     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
7454       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7455 
7456     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
7457       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7458       return;
7459     }
7460   }
7461 
7462   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
7463   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
7464   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
7465     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
7466     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7467     return;
7468   }
7469 
7470   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
7471   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
7472   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
7473 
7474   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
7475   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
7476   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7477       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7478     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7479     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7480       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7481       return;
7482     }
7483     Init = Result.take();
7484   }
7485 
7486   // Perform the initialization.
7487   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7488     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
7489     InitializationKind Kind
7490       = DirectInit ?
7491           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
7492                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
7493                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
7494                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
7495                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
7496                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
7497                                                     Init->getLocStart());
7498 
7499     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
7500     if (CXXDirectInit)
7501       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
7502                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
7503 
7504     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
7505     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
7506     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7507       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7508       return;
7509     }
7510 
7511     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
7512   }
7513 
7514   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
7515   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
7516   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
7517   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
7518       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
7519     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
7520   }
7521 
7522   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
7523   // completed by the initializer. For example:
7524   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
7525   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
7526   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
7527     VDecl->setType(DclT);
7528 
7529   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7530     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
7531 
7532     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7533       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
7534 
7535     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
7536     // Although this code can still have problems:
7537     //   id x = self.weakProp;
7538     //   id y = self.weakProp;
7539     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
7540     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
7541     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
7542     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
7543       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
7544         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
7545                                  Init->getLocStart());
7546       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7547         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
7548     }
7549   }
7550 
7551   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
7552   //
7553   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
7554   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
7555   // full-expression. For instance, in:
7556   //
7557   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
7558   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
7559   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
7560   //
7561   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
7562   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
7563                                           false,
7564                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
7565   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7566     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7567     return;
7568   }
7569   Init = Result.take();
7570 
7571   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
7572   VDecl->setInit(Init);
7573 
7574   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
7575     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
7576     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
7577     // C++ does not have this restriction.
7578     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7579         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7580       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7581   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
7582              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
7583     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
7584     //
7585     // struct S {
7586     //   static const int value = 17;
7587     // };
7588 
7589     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
7590     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
7591     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
7592     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
7593     //
7594     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
7595     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
7596     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7597     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
7598     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
7599     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
7600     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
7601     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
7602     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
7603 
7604     // Do nothing on dependent types.
7605     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
7606 
7607     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
7608     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
7609     // type.
7610     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
7611 
7612     // Require constness.
7613     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
7614       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
7615         << Init->getSourceRange();
7616       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7617 
7618     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
7619     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7620       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
7621       SourceLocation Loc;
7622       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
7623         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
7624         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
7625         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
7626       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
7627         ; // Nothing to check.
7628       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
7629         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
7630       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7631         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
7632         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
7633         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7634           << Init->getSourceRange();
7635       } else {
7636         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
7637         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
7638         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7639           << Init->getSourceRange();
7640         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7641       }
7642 
7643     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
7644     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
7645       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
7646       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
7647       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
7648         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
7649              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7650             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7651         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
7652              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7653             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7654       } else {
7655         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
7656           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7657 
7658         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7659           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7660             << Init->getSourceRange();
7661           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7662         }
7663       }
7664 
7665     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
7666     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
7667       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
7668         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
7669         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7670       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
7671 
7672     } else {
7673       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
7674         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7675       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7676     }
7677   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
7678     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
7679         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7680          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
7681            VDecl->isExternC())))
7682       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
7683 
7684     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
7685     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7686       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7687     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
7688              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
7689              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
7690              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
7691                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
7692       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
7693       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
7694       //   initialization.
7695       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
7696       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
7697       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7698         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
7699     }
7700   }
7701 
7702   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
7703   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
7704   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
7705   //
7706   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
7707   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
7708   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
7709   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
7710   // special case code.
7711 
7712   // C++ 8.5p11:
7713   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
7714   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
7715   // class type.
7716   if (CXXDirectInit) {
7717     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
7718     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7719   } else if (DirectInit) {
7720     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
7721     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
7722   }
7723 
7724   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
7725 }
7726 
7727 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
7728 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
7729 /// of sanity.
7730 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
7731   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
7732   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
7733   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7734 
7735   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7736   if (!VD) return;
7737 
7738   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
7739   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
7740     D->setInvalidDecl();
7741     return;
7742   }
7743 
7744   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
7745   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
7746 
7747   // Require a complete type.
7748   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
7749                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
7750                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7751     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7752     return;
7753   }
7754 
7755   // Require an abstract type.
7756   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7757                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7758                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7759     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7760     return;
7761   }
7762 
7763   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7764   // though.
7765 }
7766 
7767 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7768                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7769   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7770   if (RealDecl == 0)
7771     return;
7772 
7773   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7774     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7775 
7776     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7777     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7778       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7779         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7780       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7781       return;
7782     }
7783 
7784     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7785     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7786     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7787     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7788     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7789     // member.
7790     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7791       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7792         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7793              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7794           << Var->getDeclName();
7795       else
7796         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7797       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7798       return;
7799     }
7800 
7801     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7802     case VarDecl::Definition:
7803       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7804         break;
7805 
7806       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7807       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7808       // a declaration.
7809       //
7810       // Fall through
7811 
7812     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7813       // It's only a declaration.
7814 
7815       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7816       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7817       // object shall be complete.
7818       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7819           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7820           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7821                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7822         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7823 
7824       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7825       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7826           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7827                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7828                                  AbstractVariableType))
7829         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7830       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7831           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7832         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7833         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7834       }
7835 
7836       return;
7837 
7838     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7839       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7840       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7841       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7842       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7843       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7844       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7845         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7846                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7847           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7848                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7849                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7850             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7851         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7852           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7853           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7854           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7855           // NOTE: code such as the following
7856           //     static struct s;
7857           //     struct s { int a; };
7858           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7859           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7860           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7861           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7862             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7863                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7864         }
7865       }
7866 
7867       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7868       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7869         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7870       return;
7871     }
7872 
7873     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7874     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7875     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7876       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7877            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7878       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7879       return;
7880     }
7881 
7882     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7883     // definitions with reference type.
7884     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7885       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7886         << Var->getDeclName()
7887         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7888       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7889       return;
7890     }
7891 
7892     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7893     // variable with dependent type.
7894     if (Type->isDependentType())
7895       return;
7896 
7897     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7898       return;
7899 
7900     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7901                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7902                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7903       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7904       return;
7905     }
7906 
7907     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7908     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7909                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7910                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7911       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7912       return;
7913     }
7914 
7915     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7916     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7917     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7918     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7919     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7920     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7921     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7922     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7923     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7924     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7925     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7926       if (const RecordType *Record
7927             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7928         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7929         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7930         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7931         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7932         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7933           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7934       }
7935     }
7936 
7937     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7938     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7939     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7940     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7941     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7942     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7943     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7944     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7945     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7946     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7947     //   program is ill-formed.
7948     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7949     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7950     //   default-initialized; [...].
7951     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7952     InitializationKind Kind
7953       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7954 
7955     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7956     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7957     if (Init.isInvalid())
7958       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7959     else if (Init.get()) {
7960       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7961       // This is important for template substitution.
7962       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7963     }
7964 
7965     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7966   }
7967 }
7968 
7969 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7970   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7971   if (!VD) {
7972     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7973     D->setInvalidDecl();
7974     return;
7975   }
7976 
7977   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7978 
7979   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7980   int Error = -1;
7981   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
7982   case SC_None:
7983     break;
7984   case SC_Extern:
7985     Error = 0;
7986     break;
7987   case SC_Static:
7988     Error = 1;
7989     break;
7990   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7991     Error = 2;
7992     break;
7993   case SC_Auto:
7994     Error = 3;
7995     break;
7996   case SC_Register:
7997     Error = 4;
7998     break;
7999   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8000     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8001   }
8002   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8003     Error = 5;
8004   if (Error != -1) {
8005     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8006       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8007     D->setInvalidDecl();
8008   }
8009 }
8010 
8011 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8012   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8013 
8014   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8015   // local retaining variable.
8016   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8017       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8018     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8019     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8020     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8021     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8022       break;
8023 
8024     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8025     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8026       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8027       break;
8028     }
8029   }
8030 
8031   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8032       var->isExternallyVisible() &&
8033       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8034                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8035                        var->getLocation())) {
8036     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8037     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8038     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8039       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8040 
8041     if (!prev)
8042       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8043   }
8044 
8045   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8046       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8047     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8048     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8049     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8050     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8051     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8052       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8053   }
8054 
8055   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8056   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8057 
8058   QualType type = var->getType();
8059   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8060 
8061   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8062   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8063     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8064     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8065 
8066     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8067     // constructing this copy.
8068     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8069       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8070       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8071       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8072       ExprResult result
8073         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8074             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8075             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8076       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8077         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8078         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8079         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8080       }
8081     }
8082   }
8083 
8084   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8085   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8086   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8087 
8088   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8089       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8090     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8091         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8092                                             var->getLocation())
8093           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
8094         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8095       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8096         << Init->getSourceRange();
8097 
8098     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8099       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8100       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8101         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8102         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8103         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8104         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8105               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8106           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8107           Notes.clear();
8108         }
8109         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8110           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8111         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8112           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8113       }
8114     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8115       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8116       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8117       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8118       var->checkInitIsICE();
8119     }
8120   }
8121 
8122   // Require the destructor.
8123   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8124     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8125 }
8126 
8127 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8128 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8129 void
8130 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8131   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8132   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8133 
8134   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8135   if (!VD)
8136     return;
8137 
8138   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8139   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8140   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8141   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8142     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8143 
8144   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8145     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8146 
8147   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8148   // tag values.
8149   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8150       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8151     return;
8152 
8153   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8154          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8155          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8156        I != E; ++I) {
8157     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8158     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8159       continue;
8160     }
8161     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8162     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8163       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8164            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8165         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8166       continue;
8167     }
8168     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8169       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8170            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8171         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8172       continue;
8173     }
8174     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8175     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8176                                MagicValue,
8177                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8178                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8179                                I->getMustBeNull());
8180   }
8181 }
8182 
8183 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8184 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8185                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8186   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8187 
8188   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8189     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8190 
8191   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8192     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
8193       Decls.push_back(D);
8194 
8195   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
8196     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
8197       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
8198 
8199   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
8200                               DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8201 }
8202 
8203 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8204 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8205 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8206 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
8207                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8208   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8209   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8210   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8211   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8212   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8213   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8214   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8215   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
8216     QualType Deduced;
8217     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8218     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8219     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
8220       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8221         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8222         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8223         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8224           break;
8225         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8226         if (!U.isNull()) {
8227           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8228           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8229             Deduced = U;
8230             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8231             DeducedDecl = D;
8232           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8233             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8234                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8235               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8236               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8237               << U << D->getDeclName()
8238               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8239               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8240             D->setInvalidDecl();
8241             break;
8242           }
8243         }
8244       }
8245     }
8246   }
8247 
8248   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
8249 
8250   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
8251 }
8252 
8253 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
8254   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
8255 }
8256 
8257 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8258   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
8259   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
8260    return;
8261 
8262   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
8263                                Group[0]->getLocation())
8264         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8265     return;
8266 
8267   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
8268     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
8269     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
8270     // additional declaration references:
8271     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
8272     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
8273     //   'struct S *pS;'
8274     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
8275     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
8276     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
8277       Group++;
8278       NumDecls--;
8279     }
8280   }
8281 
8282   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
8283   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
8284   if (!Comments.empty() &&
8285       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
8286     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
8287     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
8288     //
8289     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
8290     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
8291     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
8292     // ahead through comments.
8293     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8294       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
8295   }
8296 }
8297 
8298 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
8299 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
8300 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
8301   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
8302 
8303   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
8304   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
8305   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
8306   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
8307     StorageClass = SC_Register;
8308   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8309              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
8310     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
8311   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
8312     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8313          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
8314     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8315   }
8316 
8317   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8318     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
8319       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8320   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
8321     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8322       << 0;
8323 
8324   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
8325 
8326   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8327   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
8328 
8329   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8330     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
8331     // parameter.
8332     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8333 
8334     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
8335     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8336       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
8337         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8338       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
8339     }
8340   }
8341 
8342   // Ensure we have a valid name
8343   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
8344   if (D.hasName()) {
8345     II = D.getIdentifier();
8346     if (!II) {
8347       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
8348         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
8349       D.setInvalidType(true);
8350     }
8351   }
8352 
8353   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
8354   if (II) {
8355     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
8356                    ForRedeclaration);
8357     LookupName(R, S);
8358     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
8359       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8360       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8361         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8362         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8363         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8364         PrevDecl = 0;
8365       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
8366         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
8367         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8368 
8369         // Recover by removing the name
8370         II = 0;
8371         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
8372         D.setInvalidType(true);
8373       }
8374     }
8375   }
8376 
8377   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
8378   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
8379   // looking like class members in C++.
8380   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
8381                                     D.getLocStart(),
8382                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
8383                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
8384                                     StorageClass);
8385 
8386   if (D.isInvalidType())
8387     New->setInvalidDecl();
8388 
8389   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
8390   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
8391   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
8392                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
8393 
8394   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
8395   S->AddDecl(New);
8396   if (II)
8397     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
8398 
8399   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
8400 
8401   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8402     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8403       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
8404       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8405       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8406 
8407   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8408     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8409   }
8410   return New;
8411 }
8412 
8413 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
8414 /// typedef.
8415 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
8416                                               SourceLocation Loc,
8417                                               QualType T) {
8418   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
8419      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
8420      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
8421   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
8422                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
8423                                            SC_None, 0);
8424   Param->setImplicit();
8425   return Param;
8426 }
8427 
8428 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8429                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
8430   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
8431   // will already have done so in the template itself.
8432   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8433     return;
8434 
8435   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8436     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
8437         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
8438       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
8439         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
8440     }
8441   }
8442 }
8443 
8444 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8445                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
8446                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
8447                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
8448   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
8449     return;
8450 
8451   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8452   // threshold.
8453   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
8454     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
8455     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8456       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
8457           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
8458   }
8459 
8460   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8461   // threshold.
8462   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8463     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
8464     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
8465       continue;
8466     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
8467     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8468       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
8469           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
8470   }
8471 }
8472 
8473 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8474                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8475                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
8476                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
8477   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
8478   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8479       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
8480       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8481 
8482     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
8483 
8484     // Special cases for arrays:
8485     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
8486     //   - otherwise, it's an error
8487     if (T->isArrayType()) {
8488       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8489         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
8490             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
8491             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
8492       }
8493       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
8494     } else {
8495       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
8496     }
8497     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
8498   }
8499 
8500   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
8501                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
8502                                          TSInfo,
8503                                          StorageClass, 0);
8504 
8505   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
8506   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8507   // the class has been completely parsed.
8508   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
8509       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8510                              AbstractParamType))
8511     New->setInvalidDecl();
8512 
8513   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
8514   // passed by reference.
8515   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
8516     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
8517     Diag(NameLoc,
8518          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
8519       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
8520     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
8521     New->setType(T);
8522   }
8523 
8524   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
8525   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
8526   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
8527   // an address space.
8528   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
8529     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
8530     New->setInvalidDecl();
8531   }
8532 
8533   return New;
8534 }
8535 
8536 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
8537                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
8538   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8539 
8540   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
8541   // for a K&R function.
8542   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
8543     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
8544       --i;
8545       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
8546         SmallString<256> Code;
8547         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
8548                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
8549                                         << ";\n";
8550         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
8551           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
8552           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
8553 
8554         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
8555         // type.
8556         AttributeFactory attrs;
8557         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
8558         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
8559         unsigned DiagID; // unused
8560         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
8561                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
8562         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
8563         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8564         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8565         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
8566         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8567         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
8568       }
8569     }
8570   }
8571 }
8572 
8573 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
8574   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
8575   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
8576   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
8577 
8578   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
8579   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
8580   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
8581 }
8582 
8583 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
8584                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8585   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
8586   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8587     return false;
8588 
8589   // Or declarations that aren't global.
8590   if (!FD->isGlobal())
8591     return false;
8592 
8593   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
8594   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
8595     return false;
8596 
8597   // Don't warn about 'main'.
8598   if (FD->isMain())
8599     return false;
8600 
8601   // Don't warn about inline functions.
8602   if (FD->isInlined())
8603     return false;
8604 
8605   // Don't warn about function templates.
8606   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8607     return false;
8608 
8609   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
8610   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
8611     return false;
8612 
8613   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
8614   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
8615     return false;
8616 
8617   bool MissingPrototype = true;
8618   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
8619        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
8620     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
8621     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
8622     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
8623       continue;
8624 
8625     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
8626     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
8627       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
8628     break;
8629   }
8630 
8631   return MissingPrototype;
8632 }
8633 
8634 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8635   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
8636   // was an extern inline function.
8637   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
8638   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
8639       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
8640     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
8641         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
8642       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
8643         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8644     else
8645       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
8646     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8647     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8648   }
8649 }
8650 
8651 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
8652   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
8653   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
8654 
8655   if (!D)
8656     return D;
8657   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8658 
8659   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8660     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8661   else
8662     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8663 
8664   // Enter a new function scope
8665   PushFunctionScope();
8666 
8667   // See if this is a redefinition.
8668   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
8669     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
8670 
8671   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
8672   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8673     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
8674         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
8675       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
8676       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8677     }
8678   }
8679 
8680   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
8681   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
8682   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
8683   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
8684       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8685       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
8686                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
8687     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8688 
8689   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
8690   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
8691   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
8692   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
8693   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
8694   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
8695   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
8696     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
8697 
8698     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8699       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
8700       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
8701       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
8702       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
8703       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
8704         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
8705              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
8706           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
8707           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
8708     }
8709   }
8710 
8711   if (FnBodyScope)
8712     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
8713 
8714   // Check the validity of our function parameters
8715   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8716                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
8717 
8718   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
8719   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
8720     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
8721     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
8722 
8723     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8724     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
8725       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
8726 
8727       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
8728     }
8729   }
8730 
8731   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
8732   // introduce them into the function scope.
8733   if (FnBodyScope) {
8734     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
8735            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
8736       NamedDecl *D = *I;
8737 
8738       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
8739       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
8740       // and reattach to the current context.
8741       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
8742         // Is the decl actually in the context?
8743         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
8744                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
8745           if (*DI == D) {
8746             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
8747             break;
8748           }
8749         }
8750         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
8751         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8752       }
8753 
8754       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
8755       if (!D->getName().empty())
8756         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8757 
8758       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
8759       // accessible in this scope.
8760       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
8761         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
8762                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
8763           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8764       }
8765     }
8766   }
8767 
8768   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
8769   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
8770     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
8771 
8772   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8773   // dllimport attribute.
8774   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8775   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8776     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8777     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8778     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8779         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8780       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8781            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8782         << "dllimport";
8783       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8784       return D;
8785     }
8786 
8787     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8788     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8789     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8790       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8791       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8792       // emitted.
8793       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8794            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8795         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8796     }
8797   }
8798   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8799   // a function template).
8800   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8801   return D;
8802 }
8803 
8804 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8805 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8806 /// optimization.
8807 ///
8808 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8809 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8810 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8811 /// use the named return value optimization.
8812 ///
8813 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8814 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8815 /// the NRVO variable.
8816 ///
8817 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8818 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8819 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8820 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8821   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8822 
8823   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8824   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8825     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8826       return;
8827 
8828     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8829       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8830     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8831       return;
8832   }
8833 
8834   if (NRVOCandidate)
8835     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8836 }
8837 
8838 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8839   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8840     return false;
8841 
8842   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8843     return true;
8844 
8845   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8846   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8847     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8848   else
8849     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8850 
8851   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8852   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8853   // rest of the file.
8854   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
8855   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
8856   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
8857 }
8858 
8859 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8860   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8861     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8862   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8863     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8864   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8865 }
8866 
8867 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8868   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8869 }
8870 
8871 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8872                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8873   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8874   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8875   if (FunTmpl)
8876     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8877   else
8878     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8879 
8880   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8881   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8882 
8883   if (FD) {
8884     FD->setBody(Body);
8885 
8886     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
8887         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8888       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
8889       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
8890       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
8891       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
8892         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
8893           << FD->getResultType();
8894         FD->setInvalidDecl();
8895       } else {
8896         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
8897         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
8898             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
8899         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
8900             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
8901       }
8902     }
8903 
8904     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
8905     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
8906     // is the first declaration.
8907     if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
8908       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
8909         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8910       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
8911                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
8912                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
8913         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8914     }
8915 
8916     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8917     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8918     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8919       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8920 
8921     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8922     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8923     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8924       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8925 
8926     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8927       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8928       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8929                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8930 
8931       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8932       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8933         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8934 
8935       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8936       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8937       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8938       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8939           !FD->isDependentContext())
8940         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8941     }
8942 
8943     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8944            "Function parsing confused");
8945   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8946     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8947     MD->setBody(Body);
8948     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8949       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8950       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8951                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8952 
8953       if (Body)
8954         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8955     }
8956     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8957       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8958         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8959       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8960     }
8961   } else {
8962     return 0;
8963   }
8964 
8965   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
8966          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
8967          "handled in the block above.");
8968 
8969   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
8970   if (Body) {
8971     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
8972     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
8973     // Verify this.
8974     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
8975       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
8976 
8977     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
8978     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8979         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
8980         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
8981         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
8982       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
8983 
8984     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
8985       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
8986         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
8987 
8988       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
8989                                              Destructor->getParent());
8990     }
8991 
8992     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8993     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8994     // deletion in some later function.
8995     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
8996         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
8997       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8998     }
8999     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9000         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9001       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9002       // enabled.
9003       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9004     }
9005 
9006     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9007         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9008          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9009       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9010 
9011     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9012     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9013     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9014            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9015   }
9016 
9017   if (!IsInstantiation)
9018     PopDeclContext();
9019 
9020   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9021 
9022   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9023   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9024   // deletion in some later function.
9025   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9026     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9027   }
9028 
9029   return dcl;
9030 }
9031 
9032 
9033 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9034 /// relevant Decl.
9035 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9036                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9037   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9038   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9039     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9040   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9041 
9042   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9043     if (Method->isStatic())
9044       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9045 }
9046 
9047 
9048 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9049 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9050 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9051                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9052   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9053   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9054   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9055   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9056   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
9057     = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
9058   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) {
9059     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
9060     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9061     return Pos->second;
9062   }
9063 
9064   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9065   unsigned diag_id;
9066   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9067     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9068   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9069     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9070   else
9071     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9072   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9073 
9074   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9075   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9076   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9077     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9078     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9079     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9080                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
9081       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
9082       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
9083       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
9084 
9085       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
9086           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
9087 
9088       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
9089           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9090         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
9091             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
9092     }
9093   }
9094 
9095   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9096   const char *Dummy;
9097   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9098   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9099   unsigned DiagID;
9100   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9101   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9102   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9103   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9104   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9105   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9106                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9107                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9108                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9109                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9110                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9111                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9112                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9113                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9114                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9115                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9116                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9117                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9118                                              EST_None,
9119                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9120                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9121                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9122                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9123                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9124                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9125                 DS.getAttributes(),
9126                 SourceLocation());
9127   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9128 
9129   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9130 
9131   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9132   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9133 
9134   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9135   FD->setImplicit();
9136 
9137   CurContext = PrevDC;
9138 
9139   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9140 
9141   return FD;
9142 }
9143 
9144 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9145 /// the declaration of this function.
9146 ///
9147 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9148 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9149 /// like NSLog or printf.
9150 ///
9151 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9152 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9153 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9154   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9155     return;
9156 
9157   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9158   // actual attributes.
9159   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9160     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9161     unsigned FormatIdx;
9162     bool HasVAListArg;
9163     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9164       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9165         const char *fmt = "printf";
9166         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9167         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9168             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9169           fmt = "NSString";
9170         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9171                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
9172                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9173       }
9174     }
9175     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9176                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9177      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9178        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9179                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
9180                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9181     }
9182 
9183     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9184     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9185     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9186     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9187         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9188       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9189         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9190     }
9191 
9192     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9193         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9194       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9195     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9196       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9197     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9198       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9199   }
9200 
9201   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9202   if (!Name)
9203     return;
9204   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9205        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9206       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9207        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9208        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9209     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9210     // about.
9211   } else
9212     return;
9213 
9214   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
9215     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
9216     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
9217     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9218       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9219                                              "printf", 2,
9220                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
9221   }
9222 
9223   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
9224     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
9225     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
9226     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
9227       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
9228   }
9229 }
9230 
9231 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
9232                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
9233   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
9234   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
9235 
9236   if (!TInfo) {
9237     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
9238     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9239   }
9240 
9241   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
9242   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9243                                            D.getLocStart(),
9244                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9245                                            D.getIdentifier(),
9246                                            TInfo);
9247 
9248   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
9249   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
9250     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
9251     return NewTD;
9252   }
9253 
9254   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9255     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
9256       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9257         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
9258         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9259         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9260     else
9261       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
9262   }
9263 
9264   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
9265   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
9266   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
9267   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
9268   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
9269   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
9270   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
9271   case TST_enum:
9272   case TST_struct:
9273   case TST_interface:
9274   case TST_union:
9275   case TST_class: {
9276     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
9277 
9278     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
9279     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
9280     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
9281     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
9282 
9283     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
9284     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
9285 
9286     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
9287     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
9288       break;
9289 
9290     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
9291     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
9292     break;
9293   }
9294 
9295   default:
9296     break;
9297   }
9298 
9299   return NewTD;
9300 }
9301 
9302 
9303 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
9304 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
9305   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9306   QualType T = TI->getType();
9307 
9308   if (T->isDependentType())
9309     return false;
9310 
9311   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
9312     if (BT->isInteger())
9313       return false;
9314 
9315   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
9316   return true;
9317 }
9318 
9319 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
9320 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
9321 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
9322                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
9323                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
9324   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
9325 
9326   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
9327     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
9328       << Prev->isScoped();
9329     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9330     return true;
9331   }
9332 
9333   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
9334     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
9335         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
9336         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
9337                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
9338       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
9339         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
9340       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9341       return true;
9342     }
9343   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
9344     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
9345       << Prev->isFixed();
9346     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9347     return true;
9348   }
9349 
9350   return false;
9351 }
9352 
9353 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
9354 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
9355 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
9356 ///
9357 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
9358 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
9359   switch (Tag) {
9360   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
9361   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
9362   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
9363   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
9364   }
9365 }
9366 
9367 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
9368 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
9369 ///
9370 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
9371 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
9372 {
9373   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
9374 }
9375 
9376 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
9377 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
9378 ///
9379 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
9380 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
9381                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
9382                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
9383                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
9384   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
9385   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
9386   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
9387   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
9388   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
9389   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
9390   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
9391   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
9392   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
9393   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
9394   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
9395   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
9396   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
9397   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
9398   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
9399     if (OldTag == NewTag)
9400       return true;
9401 
9402   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
9403     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
9404     bool isTemplate = false;
9405     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
9406       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9407 
9408     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9409       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
9410       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
9411       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9412         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9413         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9414       return true;
9415     }
9416 
9417     if (isDefinition) {
9418       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
9419       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
9420       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9421         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
9422         return true;
9423       }
9424 
9425       bool previousMismatch = false;
9426       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
9427            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
9428         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
9429           if (!previousMismatch) {
9430             previousMismatch = true;
9431             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
9432               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9433               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
9434           }
9435           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9436             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
9437             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
9438                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
9439         }
9440       }
9441       return true;
9442     }
9443 
9444     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
9445     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
9446     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
9447     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
9448                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
9449     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
9450       return true;
9451     }
9452 
9453     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9454       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9455       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9456     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9457 
9458     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
9459     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9460         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9461           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
9462           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
9463                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
9464     }
9465 
9466     return true;
9467   }
9468   return false;
9469 }
9470 
9471 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
9472 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
9473 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
9474 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
9475 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
9476                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9477                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
9478                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
9479                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
9480                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
9481                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
9482                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
9483                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
9484                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
9485   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
9486   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
9487   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
9488          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
9489   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
9490 
9491   OwnedDecl = false;
9492   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
9493   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
9494 
9495   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
9496   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
9497   bool Invalid = false;
9498 
9499   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
9500   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
9501   // for non-C++ cases.
9502   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
9503       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
9504     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
9505           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
9506                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
9507                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9508                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
9509                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
9510                                                     Invalid)) {
9511       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9512         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
9513         return 0;
9514       }
9515 
9516       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9517         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
9518         // be a member of another template).
9519 
9520         if (Invalid)
9521           return 0;
9522 
9523         OwnedDecl = false;
9524         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
9525                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
9526                                                TemplateParams, AS,
9527                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
9528                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
9529                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
9530         return Result.get();
9531       } else {
9532         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
9533         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
9534           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
9535         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
9536       }
9537     }
9538   }
9539 
9540   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
9541   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
9542   // redeclaration.
9543   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
9544 
9545   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9546     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
9547       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
9548       // type, default to int.
9549       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9550     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
9551       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
9552       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
9553       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
9554       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
9555       EnumUnderlying = TI;
9556 
9557       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
9558         // Recover by falling back to int.
9559         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9560 
9561       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
9562                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
9563         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9564 
9565     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9566       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
9567       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9568   }
9569 
9570   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
9571   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9572   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
9573 
9574   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
9575   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
9576     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
9577 
9578   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
9579 
9580   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9581     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
9582 
9583     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
9584     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
9585       Name = 0;
9586       goto CreateNewDecl;
9587     }
9588 
9589     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
9590     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
9591     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9592       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
9593       if (!DC) {
9594         IsDependent = true;
9595         return 0;
9596       }
9597     } else {
9598       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
9599       if (!DC) {
9600         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
9601           << SS.getRange();
9602         return 0;
9603       }
9604     }
9605 
9606     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
9607       return 0;
9608 
9609     SearchDC = DC;
9610     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
9611     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
9612 
9613     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9614       return 0;
9615 
9616     if (Previous.empty()) {
9617       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
9618       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
9619       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
9620       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
9621       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
9622       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
9623       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
9624           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9625         IsDependent = true;
9626         return 0;
9627       }
9628 
9629       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
9630       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
9631         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
9632       Name = 0;
9633       Invalid = true;
9634       goto CreateNewDecl;
9635     }
9636   } else if (Name) {
9637     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
9638     // declaration or definition.
9639     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
9640     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
9641     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
9642     LookupName(Previous, S);
9643 
9644     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
9645     // by types using'ed into this scope.
9646     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
9647         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
9648       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9649       while (F.hasNext()) {
9650         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9651         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
9652           F.erase();
9653       }
9654       F.done();
9655     }
9656 
9657     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
9658     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
9659     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
9660     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
9661     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
9662     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
9663     //
9664     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
9665     // semantic context?
9666     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9667       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9668       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9669       while (F.hasNext()) {
9670         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9671         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9672         if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext()))
9673           F.erase();
9674       }
9675       F.done();
9676     }
9677 
9678     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
9679     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9680       return 0;
9681 
9682     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
9683       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
9684       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
9685       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
9686       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
9687       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
9688         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9689     }
9690   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
9691     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
9692     // initial context to the translation unit.
9693     // FIXME: [citation needed]
9694     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9695   }
9696 
9697   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
9698       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
9699     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9700     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
9701     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9702     Previous.clear();
9703   }
9704 
9705   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
9706       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
9707     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
9708     isStdBadAlloc = true;
9709 
9710     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
9711       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
9712       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
9713       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
9714       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
9715     }
9716   }
9717 
9718   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
9719   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
9720   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
9721   // there's a shadow friend decl.
9722   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
9723       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9724     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
9725     assert(SS.isEmpty());
9726 
9727     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9728       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
9729       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
9730       //
9731       //          class-key identifier
9732       //
9733       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
9734       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
9735       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
9736       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
9737       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
9738       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
9739       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
9740       //      declaration.
9741       //
9742       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
9743       // C structs and unions.
9744       //
9745       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
9746       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
9747       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
9748       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
9749       //
9750       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
9751       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
9752       //
9753       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
9754       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
9755       // lexical context,
9756       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9757         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9758 
9759       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
9760       while (S->isClassScope() ||
9761              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9762               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
9763              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
9764              (S->getEntity() &&
9765               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
9766         S = S->getParent();
9767     } else {
9768       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
9769       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
9770       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
9771       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
9772       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
9773       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9774     }
9775 
9776     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
9777     // diagnose some problems.
9778     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9779       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
9780       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
9781     }
9782   }
9783 
9784   if (!Previous.empty()) {
9785     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
9786 
9787     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
9788     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
9789     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
9790     // in C++.
9791     //
9792     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
9793     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
9794     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
9795     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
9796     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9797       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9798         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
9799           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
9800           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
9801               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
9802                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
9803             PrevDecl = Tag;
9804             Previous.clear();
9805             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
9806             Previous.resolveKind();
9807           }
9808         }
9809       }
9810     }
9811 
9812     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9813       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
9814       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
9815       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
9816       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
9817           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9818         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
9819         // struct or something similar.
9820         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
9821                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
9822                                           *Name)) {
9823           bool SafeToContinue
9824             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
9825                Kind != TTK_Enum);
9826           if (SafeToContinue)
9827             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
9828               << Name
9829               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
9830                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
9831           else
9832             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9833           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9834 
9835           if (SafeToContinue)
9836             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9837           else {
9838             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9839             Name = 0;
9840             Previous.clear();
9841             Invalid = true;
9842           }
9843         }
9844 
9845         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9846           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9847 
9848           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9849           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9850           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9851             if (ScopedEnum)
9852               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9853                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9854                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9855             return PrevTagDecl;
9856           }
9857 
9858           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9859           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9860             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9861           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9862             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9863 
9864           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9865           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9866           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9867           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9868                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9869             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9870         }
9871 
9872         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
9873         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
9874         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
9875         //   and then later defined.
9876         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
9877             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9878           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
9879           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9880         }
9881 
9882         if (!Invalid) {
9883           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9884 
9885           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9886           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9887           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9888           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9889           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9890                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9891             return PrevTagDecl;
9892 
9893           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9894           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9895             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9896               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9897               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9898               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9899               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9900               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9901                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9902                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9903                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9904                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9905                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9906                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9907                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9908                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9909               }
9910 
9911               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9912                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9913                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9914                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9915                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9916                 else
9917                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9918                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9919                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9920                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9921                 // references get the previous definition.
9922                 Name = 0;
9923                 Previous.clear();
9924                 Invalid = true;
9925               }
9926             } else {
9927               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9928               // about a nested redefinition.
9929               const TagType *Tag
9930                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9931               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9932                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9933                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9934                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9935                 Name = 0;
9936                 Previous.clear();
9937                 Invalid = true;
9938               }
9939             }
9940 
9941             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9942             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9943           }
9944         }
9945         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9946         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9947 
9948       } else {
9949         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9950         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9951         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9952         // have distinct types.
9953         Previous.clear();
9954       }
9955       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9956       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9957       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9958 
9959 
9960     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9961     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9962     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9963     } else {
9964       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
9965       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
9966       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
9967       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
9968           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
9969         unsigned Kind = 0;
9970         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9971         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9972         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9973         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
9974         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
9975         Invalid = true;
9976 
9977       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
9978       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
9979                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9980         // do nothing
9981 
9982       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
9983       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9984         unsigned Kind = 0;
9985         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9986         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9987         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9988         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
9989         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9990         Invalid = true;
9991 
9992       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
9993       // case here.
9994       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9995         unsigned Kind = 0;
9996         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9997         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
9998           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
9999         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10000         Invalid = true;
10001 
10002       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10003       } else {
10004         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10005         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10006         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10007         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10008         Name = 0;
10009         Invalid = true;
10010       }
10011 
10012       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10013       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10014       Previous.clear();
10015     }
10016   }
10017 
10018 CreateNewDecl:
10019 
10020   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10021   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10022     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10023 
10024   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10025   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10026   // keyword.
10027   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10028 
10029   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10030   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10031   // PrevDecl.
10032   TagDecl *New;
10033 
10034   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10035   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10036     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10037     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10038     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10039                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10040                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10041     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10042     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10043       TagDecl *Def;
10044       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10045           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10046         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10047         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10048       }
10049       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10050         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10051           << New;
10052         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10053       } else {
10054         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10055         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10056           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10057         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10058           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10059         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10060 
10061         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10062         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10063         // the declaration context.
10064         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10065           IsForwardReference = true;
10066       }
10067     }
10068 
10069     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10070       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10071       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10072         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10073       else
10074         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10075       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10076     }
10077 
10078   } else {
10079     // struct/union/class
10080 
10081     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10082     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10083     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10084       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10085       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10086                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10087 
10088       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10089         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10090     } else
10091       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10092                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10093   }
10094 
10095   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10096   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10097     if (SS.isSet()) {
10098       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10099       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10100       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10101       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10102       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10103       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10104           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10105           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10106         Invalid = true;
10107 
10108       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10109       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10110         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10111                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10112                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10113       }
10114     }
10115     else
10116       Invalid = true;
10117   }
10118 
10119   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10120     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10121     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10122     //
10123     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10124     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10125     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10126     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10127     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10128     // parsing of the struct).
10129     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10130       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10131       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10132     }
10133   }
10134 
10135   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10136     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10137       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10138         << 2
10139         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10140     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10141     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10142     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10143     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10144       New->setModulePrivate();
10145   }
10146 
10147   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10148   // check the specialization.
10149   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10150     Invalid = true;
10151 
10152   if (Invalid)
10153     New->setInvalidDecl();
10154 
10155   if (Attr)
10156     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10157 
10158   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10159   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10160   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10161     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10162 
10163   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10164   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10165   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10166 
10167   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10168   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10169   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10170   // the tag name visible.
10171   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10172     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
10173                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10174 
10175   // Set the access specifier.
10176   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10177     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10178 
10179   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10180     New->startDefinition();
10181 
10182   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10183   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10184     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10185     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10186     if (PrevDecl)
10187       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10188 
10189     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10190     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10191     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10192       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10193         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10194   } else if (Name) {
10195     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10196     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10197     if (IsForwardReference)
10198       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10199 
10200   } else {
10201     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10202   }
10203 
10204   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10205   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10206     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10207         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10208         II->isStr("FILE"))
10209       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10210 
10211   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10212   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10213   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10214       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
10215     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
10216 
10217   if (PrevDecl)
10218     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
10219 
10220   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10221   // record.
10222   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
10223 
10224   OwnedDecl = true;
10225   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
10226   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
10227   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
10228 }
10229 
10230 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10231   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10232   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10233 
10234   // Enter the tag context.
10235   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
10236 
10237   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
10238 
10239   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10240   // record.
10241   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
10242 }
10243 
10244 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
10245   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
10246          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
10247   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
10248   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
10249       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
10250   CurContext = OCD;
10251   return IDecl;
10252 }
10253 
10254 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10255                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
10256                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
10257   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10258   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
10259 
10260   FieldCollector->StartClass();
10261 
10262   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
10263     return;
10264 
10265   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
10266     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
10267 
10268   // C++ [class]p2:
10269   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
10270   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
10271   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
10272   //   as if it were a public member name.
10273   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
10274     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
10275                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
10276                             Record->getIdentifier(),
10277                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
10278                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
10279   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
10280   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
10281   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
10282   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
10283       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
10284   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
10285   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
10286          "Broken injected-class-name");
10287 }
10288 
10289 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10290                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
10291   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10292   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10293   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
10294 
10295   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10296   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10297     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
10298     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10299       RD->completeDefinition();
10300   }
10301 
10302   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
10303     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
10304 
10305   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
10306   PopDeclContext();
10307 
10308   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10309       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10310     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
10311 
10312   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
10313   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
10314 }
10315 
10316 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
10317   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
10318   PopDeclContext();
10319 }
10320 
10321 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10322   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
10323   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
10324   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
10325 }
10326 
10327 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10328   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
10329   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
10330 }
10331 
10332 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10333   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10334   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10335   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
10336 
10337   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10338   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10339     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10340       RD->completeDefinition();
10341   }
10342 
10343   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
10344   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
10345   // the FieldCollector.
10346 
10347   PopDeclContext();
10348 }
10349 
10350 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
10351 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
10352                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
10353                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
10354                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
10355   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
10356   if (ZeroWidth)
10357     *ZeroWidth = true;
10358 
10359   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
10360   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
10361   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10362     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
10363     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
10364       return ExprError();
10365     if (FieldName)
10366       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
10367         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10368     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
10369       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10370   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
10371                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
10372     return ExprError();
10373 
10374   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
10375   // it now.
10376   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
10377     return Owned(BitWidth);
10378 
10379   llvm::APSInt Value;
10380   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
10381   if (ICE.isInvalid())
10382     return ICE;
10383   BitWidth = ICE.take();
10384 
10385   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
10386     *ZeroWidth = false;
10387 
10388   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
10389   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
10390     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
10391 
10392   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
10393     if (FieldName)
10394       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10395                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
10396     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10397       << Value.toString(10);
10398   }
10399 
10400   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
10401     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
10402     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
10403       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10404         if (FieldName)
10405           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10406             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10407             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10408 
10409         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10410           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10411       }
10412 
10413       if (FieldName)
10414         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10415           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10416           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10417       else
10418         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10419           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10420     }
10421   }
10422 
10423   return Owned(BitWidth);
10424 }
10425 
10426 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
10427 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
10428 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
10429                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
10430   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
10431                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
10432                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
10433   return Res;
10434 }
10435 
10436 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
10437 ///
10438 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
10439                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
10440                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
10441                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10442                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
10443   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10444   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10445   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10446 
10447   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10448   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10449   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10450     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10451 
10452     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
10453                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
10454       D.setInvalidType();
10455       T = Context.IntTy;
10456       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
10457     }
10458   }
10459 
10460   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
10461   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
10462     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
10463     D.setInvalidType();
10464   }
10465 
10466   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
10467   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
10468   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
10469     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
10470     D.setInvalidType();
10471   }
10472 
10473   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
10474 
10475   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10476     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10477          diag::err_invalid_thread)
10478       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10479 
10480   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
10481   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10482   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
10483   LookupName(Previous, S);
10484   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
10485     case LookupResult::Found:
10486     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
10487       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
10488       break;
10489 
10490     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
10491       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10492       break;
10493 
10494     case LookupResult::NotFound:
10495     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
10496     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
10497       break;
10498   }
10499   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
10500 
10501   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10502     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10503     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10504     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10505     PrevDecl = 0;
10506   }
10507 
10508   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
10509     PrevDecl = 0;
10510 
10511   bool Mutable
10512     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
10513   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
10514   FieldDecl *NewFD
10515     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
10516                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
10517 
10518   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10519     Record->setInvalidDecl();
10520 
10521   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10522     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
10523 
10524   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
10525     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
10526     // with the same name in the same scope.
10527   } else if (II) {
10528     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
10529   } else
10530     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
10531 
10532   return NewFD;
10533 }
10534 
10535 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
10536 ///
10537 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
10538 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
10539 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
10540 /// created.
10541 ///
10542 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
10543 ///
10544 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
10545 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
10546                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10547                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
10548                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
10549                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10550                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
10551                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
10552                                 Declarator *D) {
10553   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
10554   bool InvalidDecl = false;
10555   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
10556 
10557   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
10558   // marking this declaration as invalid.
10559   if (T.isNull()) {
10560     InvalidDecl = true;
10561     T = Context.IntTy;
10562   }
10563 
10564   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
10565   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10566     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10567       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
10568       Record->setInvalidDecl();
10569       InvalidDecl = true;
10570     } else {
10571       NamedDecl *Def;
10572       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
10573       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
10574         Record->setInvalidDecl();
10575         InvalidDecl = true;
10576       }
10577     }
10578   }
10579 
10580   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
10581   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10582     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
10583     InvalidDecl = true;
10584   }
10585 
10586   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10587   // than a variably modified type.
10588   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10589     bool SizeIsNegative;
10590     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
10591 
10592     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
10593       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
10594                                                     SizeIsNegative,
10595                                                     Oversized);
10596     if (FixedTInfo) {
10597       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
10598       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
10599       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
10600     } else {
10601       if (SizeIsNegative)
10602         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
10603       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
10604         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
10605           << Oversized.toString(10);
10606       else
10607         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
10608       InvalidDecl = true;
10609     }
10610   }
10611 
10612   // Fields can not have abstract class types
10613   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
10614                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10615                                              AbstractFieldType))
10616     InvalidDecl = true;
10617 
10618   bool ZeroWidth = false;
10619   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
10620   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
10621     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
10622     if (!BitWidth) {
10623       InvalidDecl = true;
10624       BitWidth = 0;
10625       ZeroWidth = false;
10626     }
10627   }
10628 
10629   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
10630   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
10631     unsigned DiagID = 0;
10632     if (T->isReferenceType())
10633       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
10634     else if (T.isConstQualified())
10635       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
10636 
10637     if (DiagID) {
10638       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
10639       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
10640         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
10641       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
10642       Mutable = false;
10643       InvalidDecl = true;
10644     }
10645   }
10646 
10647   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
10648                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
10649   if (InvalidDecl)
10650     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10651 
10652   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10653     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10654     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10655     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10656   }
10657 
10658   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10659     if (Record->isUnion()) {
10660       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10661         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10662         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10663           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
10664           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
10665           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
10666           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
10667           // objects.
10668           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
10669             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10670         }
10671       }
10672 
10673       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
10674       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
10675       // enabled.
10676       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
10677         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
10678                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
10679                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
10680           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
10681         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
10682           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10683       }
10684     }
10685   }
10686 
10687   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
10688   // representation, not a parser representation.
10689   if (D) {
10690     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
10691     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
10692 
10693     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
10694       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
10695   }
10696 
10697   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
10698   // retainable type.
10699   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
10700     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10701 
10702   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
10703     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
10704 
10705   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
10706   return NewFD;
10707 }
10708 
10709 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
10710   assert(FD);
10711   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
10712 
10713   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10714     return true;
10715 
10716   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10717   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10718     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10719     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10720       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
10721       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
10722       // copy constructors.
10723 
10724       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
10725       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
10726       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
10727       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
10728       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
10729       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
10730       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
10731         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
10732       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
10733         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
10734       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
10735         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
10736       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
10737         member = CXXDestructor;
10738 
10739       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
10740         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10741             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
10742           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
10743           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
10744           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
10745           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
10746           // members unavailable.
10747           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
10748           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
10749             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
10750               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
10751                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10752             return false;
10753           }
10754         }
10755 
10756         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
10757                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
10758                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
10759           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
10760         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
10761         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
10762       }
10763     }
10764   }
10765 
10766   return false;
10767 }
10768 
10769 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
10770 ///  AST enum value.
10771 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
10772 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
10773   switch (ivarVisibility) {
10774   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
10775   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
10776   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
10777   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
10778   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
10779   }
10780 }
10781 
10782 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
10783 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
10784 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
10785                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
10786                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
10787                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
10788 
10789   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10790   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
10791   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10792   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10793 
10794   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
10795   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
10796 
10797   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10798   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10799 
10800   if (BitWidth) {
10801     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
10802     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
10803     if (!BitWidth)
10804       D.setInvalidType();
10805   } else {
10806     // Not a bitfield.
10807 
10808     // validate II.
10809 
10810   }
10811   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
10812     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
10813     D.setInvalidType();
10814   }
10815   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10816   // than a variably modified type.
10817   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10818     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
10819     D.setInvalidType();
10820   }
10821 
10822   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
10823   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
10824     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
10825                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
10826   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
10827   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
10828   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10829     return 0;
10830   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
10831   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10832       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10833     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
10834     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
10835       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
10836       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
10837     }
10838     else
10839       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10840   } else {
10841     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10842         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10843       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
10844         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
10845         return 0;
10846       }
10847     }
10848     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10849   }
10850 
10851   // Construct the decl.
10852   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
10853                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
10854                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
10855 
10856   if (II) {
10857     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
10858                                            ForRedeclaration);
10859     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
10860         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10861       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10862       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10863       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10864     }
10865   }
10866 
10867   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
10868   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
10869 
10870   if (D.isInvalidType())
10871     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10872 
10873   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10874   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10875     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10876 
10877   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10878     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10879 
10880   if (II) {
10881     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10882     // these to the interface.
10883     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10884     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10885   }
10886 
10887   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10888       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10889     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10890 
10891   return NewID;
10892 }
10893 
10894 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10895 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
10896 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10897 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10898 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10899                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10900   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10901     return;
10902 
10903   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10904   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10905 
10906   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10907     return;
10908   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10909   if (!ID) {
10910     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10911       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10912         return;
10913     }
10914     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10915     else
10916       return;
10917   }
10918   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10919   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10920   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10921 
10922   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10923                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10924                               Context.CharTy,
10925                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10926                                                                DeclLoc),
10927                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10928                               true);
10929   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10930 }
10931 
10932 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10933                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10934                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10935                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10936                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10937   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10938 
10939   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10940   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10941   // it will now change.
10942   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10943     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10944     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10945     default: break;
10946     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10947       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10948       break;
10949     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10950       Context.
10951         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10952       break;
10953     }
10954   }
10955 
10956   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10957 
10958   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10959   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10960   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10961   if (Record) {
10962     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10963                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10964       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10965         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10966           ++NumNamedMembers;
10967     }
10968   }
10969 
10970   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10971   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10972 
10973   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10974   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10975        i != end; ++i) {
10976     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10977 
10978     // Get the type for the field.
10979     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10980 
10981     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10982       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10983       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10984     }
10985 
10986     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10987     // diagnostics about it.
10988     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10989       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10990       continue;
10991     }
10992 
10993     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10994     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10995     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10996     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10997     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10998     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10999     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11000     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11001     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11002     //   array.
11003     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11004       // Field declared as a function.
11005       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11006         << FD->getDeclName();
11007       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11008       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11009       continue;
11010     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11011                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11012                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11013                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11014                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11015       // Flexible array member.
11016       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11017       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11018       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11019       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11020         if (Record->isUnion())
11021           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11022             << FD->getDeclName();
11023         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11024           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11025             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11026       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11027         if (Record->isUnion())
11028           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11029             << FD->getDeclName();
11030         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11031           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11032             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11033       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11034       if (Record->isUnion())
11035         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11036           << FD->getDeclName();
11037       else
11038         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11039           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11040       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11041         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11042           << FD->getDeclName();
11043         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11044         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11045         continue;
11046       }
11047       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11048           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11049         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11050           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11051         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11052         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11053         continue;
11054       }
11055       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11056       if (Record)
11057         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11058     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11059                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11060                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11061       // Incomplete type
11062       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11063       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11064       continue;
11065     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11066       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11067         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11068         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11069           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11070         } else {
11071           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11072           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11073           // structures.
11074           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11075             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11076               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11077           else {
11078             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11079             // other structs as an extension.
11080             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11081               << FD->getDeclName();
11082             if (Record)
11083               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11084           }
11085         }
11086       }
11087       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11088           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11089                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11090                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11091         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11092         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11093       }
11094       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11095         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11096       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11097         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11098     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11099       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11100       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11101         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11102       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11103       FD->setType(T);
11104     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11105                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11106       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11107       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11108       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11109       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11110       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11111       QualType T = FD->getType();
11112       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11113       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11114         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11115         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11116           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11117             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11118                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11119           }
11120         } else {
11121           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11122             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11123         }
11124         ARCErrReported = true;
11125       }
11126     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11127                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11128                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11129       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11130           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11131         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11132       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11133         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11134         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11135             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11136           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11137         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11138                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11139                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11140       }
11141     }
11142     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11143       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11144     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11145     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11146       ++NumNamedMembers;
11147   }
11148 
11149   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11150   if (Record) {
11151     bool Completed = false;
11152     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11153       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11154         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11155         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11156                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11157                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11158           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11159 
11160         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11161           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11162             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11163             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11164               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11165                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11166 
11167             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11168             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11169             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11170             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11171               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11172           }
11173 
11174           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11175           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11176 
11177           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11178           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11179           // problem now.
11180           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11181             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11182             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11183 
11184             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11185                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11186                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11187               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11188                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11189                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11190                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11191                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11192                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11193                   continue;
11194 
11195                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11196                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11197                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11198                 //   program is ill-formed.
11199                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11200                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11201                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11202                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11203                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11204                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11205                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11206                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11207                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11208                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11209 
11210                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11211               }
11212             }
11213             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
11214             Completed = true;
11215           }
11216         }
11217       }
11218     }
11219 
11220     if (!Completed)
11221       Record->completeDefinition();
11222 
11223     if (Record->hasAttrs())
11224       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
11225 
11226     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
11227     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11228       bool ZeroSize = true;
11229       bool UnnamedOnly = true;
11230       unsigned UnnamedCnt = 0;
11231       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
11232                                       E = Record->field_end(); UnnamedOnly && I != E; ++I) {
11233         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
11234           UnnamedCnt++;
11235           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
11236             ZeroSize = false;
11237         } else {
11238           UnnamedOnly = ZeroSize = false;
11239         }
11240       }
11241 
11242       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
11243       // C++.
11244       if (ZeroSize) {
11245         if (UnnamedCnt == 0)
11246           Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_empty_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion();
11247         else
11248           Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion();
11249       }
11250 
11251       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
11252       // are accepted by GCC.
11253       if (UnnamedOnly) {
11254         if (UnnamedCnt == 0)
11255           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11256         else
11257           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11258       }
11259     }
11260   } else {
11261     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
11262       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
11263     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11264       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
11265       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
11266       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11267         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
11268         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11269       }
11270       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
11271       // duplicates.
11272       if (ID->getSuperClass())
11273         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
11274     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11275                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11276       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
11277       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
11278         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
11279         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
11280         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
11281       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
11282       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11283       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11284     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11285                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11286       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
11287       // reported as errors elsewhere.
11288       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
11289       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
11290       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
11291       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
11292       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
11293       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11294         if (IDecl) {
11295           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
11296               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11297             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11298                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11299             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11300             continue;
11301           }
11302           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
11303                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
11304                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
11305                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
11306             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
11307                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11308               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11309                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11310               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11311               continue;
11312             }
11313           }
11314         }
11315         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
11316         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11317       }
11318       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11319       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11320     }
11321   }
11322 
11323   if (Attr)
11324     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
11325 }
11326 
11327 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
11328 /// the given type T.
11329 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
11330                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
11331                                         QualType T) {
11332   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11333   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
11334 
11335   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
11336     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
11337       --BitWidth;
11338     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
11339   }
11340   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
11341 }
11342 
11343 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
11344 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
11345 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
11346   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
11347   // enum checking below.
11348   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11349   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
11350   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11351     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
11352   };
11353   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11354     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
11355     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
11356   };
11357 
11358   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
11359   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
11360                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
11361   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
11362     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
11363       return Types[I];
11364 
11365   return QualType();
11366 }
11367 
11368 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
11369                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
11370                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
11371                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
11372                                           Expr *Val) {
11373   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11374   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
11375   QualType EltTy;
11376 
11377   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
11378     Val = 0;
11379 
11380   if (Val)
11381     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
11382 
11383   if (Val) {
11384     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
11385       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11386     else {
11387       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
11388       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
11389           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11390         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
11391         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
11392         // constant expression of the underlying type.
11393         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11394         ExprResult Converted =
11395           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
11396                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
11397         if (Converted.isInvalid())
11398           Val = 0;
11399         else
11400           Val = Converted.take();
11401       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
11402                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
11403                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
11404         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
11405       } else {
11406         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11407           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11408 
11409           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
11410           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
11411           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
11412           // expression checking.
11413           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11414             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11415               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11416               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11417             } else
11418               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11419           } else
11420             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11421         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11422           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
11423           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11424           //   is the type of its initializing value:
11425           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
11426           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
11427           EltTy = Val->getType();
11428         } else {
11429           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
11430           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
11431           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
11432           //   representable as an int.
11433 
11434           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
11435           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
11436             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11437               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
11438               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
11439           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
11440             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
11441             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11442           }
11443           EltTy = Val->getType();
11444         }
11445       }
11446     }
11447   }
11448 
11449   if (!Val) {
11450     if (Enum->isDependentType())
11451       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11452     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
11453       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11454       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11455       //   is the type of its initializing value:
11456       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
11457       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
11458       //
11459       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
11460       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
11461       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11462         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11463       }
11464       else {
11465         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
11466       }
11467     } else {
11468       // Assign the last value + 1.
11469       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11470       ++EnumVal;
11471       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
11472 
11473       // Check for overflow on increment.
11474       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
11475         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11476         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11477         //   is the type of its initializing value:
11478         //
11479         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
11480         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
11481         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
11482         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
11483         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
11484         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
11485         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
11486         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
11487           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
11488           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
11489           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11490           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
11491           ++EnumVal;
11492           if (Enum->isFixed())
11493             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
11494             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
11495               << EnumVal.toString(10)
11496               << EltTy;
11497           else
11498             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
11499               << EnumVal.toString(10);
11500         } else {
11501           EltTy = T;
11502         }
11503 
11504         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
11505         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
11506         // value, then increment.
11507         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11508         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11509         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11510         ++EnumVal;
11511 
11512         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
11513         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
11514         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
11515         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
11516         // integral type.
11517         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
11518           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
11519       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11520                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11521         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
11522         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11523           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
11524       }
11525     }
11526   }
11527 
11528   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11529     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
11530     // enumerator's type.
11531     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11532     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11533   }
11534 
11535   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
11536                                   Val, EnumVal);
11537 }
11538 
11539 
11540 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
11541                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
11542                               AttributeList *Attr,
11543                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
11544   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
11545   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
11546     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
11547 
11548   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
11549   // we find one that is.
11550   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11551 
11552   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
11553   // scope.
11554   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
11555                                          ForRedeclaration);
11556   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11557     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11558     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
11559     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11560     PrevDecl = 0;
11561   }
11562 
11563   if (PrevDecl) {
11564     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
11565     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
11566     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
11567            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
11568     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
11569       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
11570         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
11571       else
11572         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
11573       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11574       return 0;
11575     }
11576   }
11577 
11578   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
11579   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
11580   // different from T:
11581   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
11582   // enumerated type
11583   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
11584                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
11585                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
11586     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
11587         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
11588       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
11589 
11590   EnumConstantDecl *New =
11591     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
11592 
11593   if (New) {
11594     // Process attributes.
11595     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11596 
11597     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
11598     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
11599     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
11600   }
11601 
11602   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
11603 
11604   return New;
11605 }
11606 
11607 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
11608 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
11609 // Element2 = Element1
11610 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
11611 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
11612 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
11613 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
11614   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
11615   if (!InitExpr)
11616     return true;
11617   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
11618 
11619   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
11620     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
11621       return true;
11622     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
11623     if (!IL)
11624       return true;
11625     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
11626       return true;
11627 
11628     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
11629   }
11630 
11631   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
11632   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
11633   if (!DRE)
11634     return true;
11635 
11636   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
11637   if (!EnumConstant)
11638     return true;
11639 
11640   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
11641       Enum)
11642     return true;
11643 
11644   return false;
11645 }
11646 
11647 struct DupKey {
11648   int64_t val;
11649   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
11650   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
11651     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
11652 };
11653 
11654 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
11655   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
11656                 false);
11657 }
11658 
11659 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
11660   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
11661   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
11662   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
11663     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
11664   }
11665   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
11666     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
11667            LHS.val == RHS.val;
11668   }
11669 };
11670 
11671 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
11672 // a previous element has already been set to.
11673 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11674                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
11675                                         QualType EnumType) {
11676   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
11677                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
11678       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
11679     return;
11680   // Avoid anonymous enums
11681   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
11682     return;
11683 
11684   // Only check for small enums.
11685   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
11686     return;
11687 
11688   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
11689   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
11690 
11691   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
11692   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
11693           ValueToVectorMap;
11694 
11695   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
11696   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
11697 
11698   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
11699   // an initialier.
11700   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11701     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11702 
11703     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
11704     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
11705     if (!ECD) {
11706       return;
11707     }
11708 
11709     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
11710       continue;
11711 
11712     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11713     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11714 
11715     // First time encountering this value.
11716     if (Entry.isNull())
11717       Entry = ECD;
11718   }
11719 
11720   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
11721   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11722     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11723     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
11724       continue;
11725 
11726     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11727 
11728     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11729     if (Entry.isNull())
11730       continue;
11731 
11732     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
11733       // Ensure constants are different.
11734       if (D == ECD)
11735         continue;
11736 
11737       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
11738       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
11739       Vec->push_back(D);
11740       Vec->push_back(ECD);
11741 
11742       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
11743       Entry = Vec;
11744 
11745       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
11746       // diagnostics.
11747       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
11748       continue;
11749     }
11750 
11751     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
11752     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
11753     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
11754       continue;
11755 
11756     Vec->push_back(ECD);
11757   }
11758 
11759   // Emit diagnostics.
11760   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
11761                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
11762        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
11763     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
11764     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
11765 
11766     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
11767     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
11768     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
11769       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11770       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11771     ++I;
11772 
11773     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
11774     // the same value.
11775     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
11776       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
11777         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11778         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11779     delete Vec;
11780   }
11781 }
11782 
11783 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
11784                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
11785                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11786                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
11787   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
11788   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
11789 
11790   if (Attr)
11791     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
11792 
11793   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
11794     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11795       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11796         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11797       if (!ECD) continue;
11798 
11799       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11800     }
11801 
11802     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
11803     return;
11804   }
11805 
11806   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
11807   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
11808   // emit a warning.
11809   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11810   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
11811   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
11812 
11813   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
11814   // reverse the list.
11815   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
11816   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
11817 
11818   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
11819   bool AllElementsInt = true;
11820 
11821   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11822     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11823       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11824     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11825 
11826     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11827 
11828     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
11829     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
11830       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
11831                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
11832     else
11833       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
11834                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
11835 
11836     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
11837     if (AllElementsInt)
11838       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
11839   }
11840 
11841   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
11842   QualType BestType;
11843   unsigned BestWidth;
11844 
11845   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
11846   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
11847   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
11848   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
11849   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
11850   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
11851   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
11852   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
11853   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
11854   QualType BestPromotionType;
11855 
11856   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
11857   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
11858   // enum definitions.
11859   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
11860     Packed = true;
11861 
11862   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11863     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
11864     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
11865       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
11866     else
11867       BestPromotionType = BestType;
11868     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
11869     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
11870     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
11871     BestWidth = CharWidth;
11872   }
11873   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
11874     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
11875     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
11876     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11877     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
11878       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
11879       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11880     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
11881                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
11882       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
11883       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11884     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
11885       BestType = Context.IntTy;
11886       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11887     } else {
11888       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
11889 
11890       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
11891         BestType = Context.LongTy;
11892       } else {
11893         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11894 
11895         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
11896           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
11897         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
11898       }
11899     }
11900     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
11901   } else {
11902     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
11903     // all of the enumerator values.
11904     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11905     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
11906       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
11907       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11908       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11909     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
11910       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
11911       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11912       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11913     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
11914       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
11915       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11916       BestPromotionType
11917         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11918                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
11919     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
11920                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11921       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11922       BestPromotionType
11923         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11924                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11925     } else {
11926       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11927       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11928              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11929       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11930       BestPromotionType
11931         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11932                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11933     }
11934   }
11935 
11936   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11937   // the type of the enum if needed.
11938   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11939     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11940     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11941 
11942     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11943     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11944     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11945     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11946     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11947 
11948     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11949     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11950 
11951     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11952     // the enum decl type.
11953     QualType NewTy;
11954     unsigned NewWidth;
11955     bool NewSign;
11956     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11957         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11958         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11959       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11960       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11961       NewSign = true;
11962     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
11963       // Already the right type!
11964       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11965         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11966         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11967         // enumeration.
11968         ECD->setType(EnumType);
11969       continue;
11970     } else {
11971       NewTy = BestType;
11972       NewWidth = BestWidth;
11973       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
11974     }
11975 
11976     // Adjust the APSInt value.
11977     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
11978     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
11979     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
11980 
11981     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
11982     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
11983         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
11984       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
11985                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
11986                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
11987                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
11988                                                 VK_RValue));
11989     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11990       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11991       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11992       // enumeration.
11993       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11994     else
11995       ECD->setType(NewTy);
11996   }
11997 
11998   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
11999                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12000 
12001   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12002   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12003   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12004     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12005 
12006   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12007 
12008   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12009   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12010     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12011 }
12012 
12013 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12014                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12015                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12016   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12017 
12018   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12019                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12020                                                    EndLoc);
12021   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12022   return New;
12023 }
12024 
12025 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12026                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12027                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12028   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12029                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12030                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12031   if (!Mod)
12032     return true;
12033 
12034   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12035   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12036   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12037     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12038     // We need the length to be consistent.
12039     if (!ModCheck)
12040       break;
12041     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12042 
12043     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12044   }
12045 
12046   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12047                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12048                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12049                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12050   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12051   return Import;
12052 }
12053 
12054 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12055   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12056   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12057   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12058                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12059   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12060   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12061 
12062   // Make the module visible.
12063   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12064                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12065 }
12066 
12067 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12068                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12069                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12070                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12071                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12072   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12073                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12074   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12075      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12076 
12077   if (PrevDecl)
12078     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12079   else
12080     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12081       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12082 }
12083 
12084 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12085                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12086                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12087   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12088 
12089   if (PrevDecl) {
12090     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12091   } else {
12092     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12093       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12094         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12095   }
12096 }
12097 
12098 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12099                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12100                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12101                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12102                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12103   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12104                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12105   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12106 
12107   if (PrevDecl) {
12108     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12109       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12110         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12111   } else {
12112     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12113       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12114   }
12115 }
12116 
12117 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12118   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12119 }
12120 
12121 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12122   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12123   return D->getAvailability();
12124 }
12125